1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return ParsedType(); 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return ParsedType(); 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return ParsedType(); 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return ParsedType(); 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 350 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return ParsedType(); 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return ParsedType(); 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return ParsedType(); 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return ParsedType(); 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 596 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 597 false, ParsedType(), 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 818 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr, S); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1093 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1094 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1095 return Result; 1096 } 1097 1098 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1099 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1100 } 1101 1102 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1103 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1104 /// 1105 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1106 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1107 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1108 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1109 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1110 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1111 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1112 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1113 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1114 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1115 // namespace. 1116 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1117 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1118 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1119 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1120 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1121 1122 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1123 1124 #ifndef NDEBUG 1125 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1126 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1127 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1128 #endif 1129 1130 CurContext = DC; 1131 S->setEntity(DC); 1132 } 1133 1134 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1135 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1136 1137 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1138 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1139 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1140 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1141 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1142 1143 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1144 // disappear. 1145 } 1146 1147 1148 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1149 // We assume that the caller has already called 1150 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1151 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1152 if (!FD) 1153 return; 1154 1155 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1156 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1157 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1158 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1159 CurContext = FD; 1160 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1161 1162 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1163 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1164 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1165 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1166 S->AddDecl(Param); 1167 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1168 } 1169 } 1170 } 1171 1172 1173 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1174 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1175 // rather than the top-level class. 1176 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1177 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1178 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1179 } 1180 1181 1182 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1183 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1184 /// 1185 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1186 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1187 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1188 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1189 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1190 /// attribute. 1191 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1192 ASTContext &Context) { 1193 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1194 return true; 1195 1196 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1197 return true; 1198 1199 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1200 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1201 } 1202 1203 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1204 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1205 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1206 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1207 // scope. 1208 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1209 S = S->getParent(); 1210 1211 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1212 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1213 // into any context. 1214 if (AddToContext) 1215 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1216 1217 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1218 // are function-local declarations. 1219 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1220 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1221 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1222 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1223 return; 1224 1225 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1226 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1227 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1228 return; 1229 1230 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1231 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1232 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1233 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1234 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1235 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1236 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1237 1238 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1239 break; 1240 } 1241 } 1242 1243 S->AddDecl(D); 1244 1245 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1246 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1247 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1248 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1249 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1250 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1251 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1252 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1253 continue; 1254 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1255 break; 1256 } 1257 1258 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1259 } else { 1260 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1261 } 1262 } 1263 1264 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1265 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1266 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1267 } 1268 1269 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1270 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1271 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1272 } 1273 1274 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1275 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1276 do { 1277 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1278 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1279 return S; 1280 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1281 1282 return nullptr; 1283 } 1284 1285 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1286 DeclContext*, 1287 ASTContext&); 1288 1289 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1290 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1291 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1292 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1293 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1294 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1295 while (F.hasNext()) { 1296 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1297 1298 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1299 continue; 1300 1301 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1302 continue; 1303 1304 F.erase(); 1305 } 1306 1307 F.done(); 1308 } 1309 1310 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1311 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1312 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1313 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1314 } 1315 1316 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1317 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1318 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1319 while (F.hasNext()) 1320 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1321 F.erase(); 1322 1323 F.done(); 1324 } 1325 1326 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1327 /// @code 1328 /// class S { 1329 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1330 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1331 /// }; 1332 /// @endcode 1333 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1334 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1335 // the decl here. 1336 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1337 return false; 1338 1339 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1340 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1341 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1342 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1343 return false; 1344 } 1345 1346 // We need this to handle 1347 // 1348 // typedef struct { 1349 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1350 // } A; 1351 // 1352 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1353 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1354 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1355 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1356 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1357 // not. 1358 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1359 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1360 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1361 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1362 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1363 return true; 1364 } 1365 DC = DC->getParent(); 1366 } 1367 1368 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1369 } 1370 1371 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1372 // these semantics. 1373 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1374 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1375 return false; 1376 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1377 } 1378 1379 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1380 assert(D); 1381 1382 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1383 return false; 1384 1385 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1386 // of members of class templates. 1387 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1388 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1389 return false; 1390 1391 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1392 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1393 return false; 1394 1395 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1396 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1397 return false; 1398 } else { 1399 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1400 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1401 return false; 1402 } 1403 1404 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1405 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1406 return false; 1407 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1408 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1409 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1410 // like "inline".) 1411 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1412 return false; 1413 1414 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1415 return false; 1416 1417 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1418 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1419 return false; 1420 } else { 1421 return false; 1422 } 1423 1424 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1425 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1426 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1427 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1428 } 1429 1430 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1431 if (!D) 1432 return; 1433 1434 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1435 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1436 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1437 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1438 } 1439 1440 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1441 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1442 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1443 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1444 } 1445 1446 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1447 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1448 } 1449 1450 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1451 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1455 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1456 return false; 1457 1458 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1459 return true; 1460 1461 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1462 // functions. 1463 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1464 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1465 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1466 WithinFunction = 1467 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1468 if (!WithinFunction) 1469 return false; 1470 1471 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1472 return true; 1473 1474 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1475 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1476 return false; 1477 1478 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1479 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1480 1481 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1482 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1483 1484 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1485 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1486 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1487 return false; 1488 } 1489 1490 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1491 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1492 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1493 return false; 1494 1495 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1496 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1497 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1498 return false; 1499 1500 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1501 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1502 return false; 1503 1504 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1505 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1506 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1507 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1508 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1509 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1510 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1511 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1512 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1513 return false; 1514 } 1515 } 1516 } 1517 } 1518 1519 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1520 } 1521 1522 return true; 1523 } 1524 1525 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1526 FixItHint &Hint) { 1527 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1528 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1529 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1530 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1531 return; 1532 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1533 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1534 } 1535 return; 1536 } 1537 1538 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1539 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1540 return; 1541 1542 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1543 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1544 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1545 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1546 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1547 } 1548 } 1549 1550 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1551 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1552 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1553 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1554 return; 1555 1556 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1557 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1558 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1559 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1560 return; 1561 } 1562 1563 FixItHint Hint; 1564 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1565 1566 unsigned DiagID; 1567 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1569 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1570 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1571 else 1572 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1573 1574 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1575 } 1576 1577 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1578 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1579 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1580 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1581 // MS inline assembly label name. 1582 bool Diagnose = false; 1583 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1584 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1585 else 1586 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1587 if (Diagnose) 1588 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1589 } 1590 1591 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1592 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1593 1594 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1595 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1596 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1597 1598 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1599 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1600 1601 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1602 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1603 1604 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1605 1606 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1607 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1608 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1609 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1610 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1611 } 1612 1613 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1614 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1615 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1616 1617 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1618 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1619 } 1620 } 1621 1622 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1623 /// 1624 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1625 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1626 /// to the fixed name. 1627 /// 1628 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1629 /// 1630 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1631 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1632 /// 1633 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1634 /// class could not be found. 1635 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1636 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1637 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1638 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1639 // creation from this context. 1640 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1641 1642 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1643 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1644 // find an Objective-C class name. 1645 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1646 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1647 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1648 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1649 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1650 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1651 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1652 } 1653 } 1654 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1655 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1656 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1657 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1658 return Def; 1659 } 1660 1661 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1662 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1663 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1664 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1665 /// ill-formed in C++: 1666 /// @code 1667 /// struct S6 { 1668 /// enum { BAR } e; 1669 /// }; 1670 /// 1671 /// void test_S6() { 1672 /// struct S6 a; 1673 /// a.e = BAR; 1674 /// } 1675 /// @endcode 1676 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1677 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1678 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1679 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1680 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1681 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1682 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1683 /// contain non-field names. 1684 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1685 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1686 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1687 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1688 S = S->getParent(); 1689 return S; 1690 } 1691 1692 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1693 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1694 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1695 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1696 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1697 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1698 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1699 return; 1700 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1701 1702 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1703 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1704 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1705 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1706 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1707 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1708 } 1709 1710 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1711 switch (Error) { 1712 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1713 return ""; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1715 return "stdio.h"; 1716 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1717 return "setjmp.h"; 1718 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1719 return "ucontext.h"; 1720 } 1721 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1722 } 1723 1724 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1725 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1726 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1727 /// built-in. 1728 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1729 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1730 SourceLocation Loc) { 1731 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1732 1733 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1734 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1735 if (Error) { 1736 if (ForRedeclaration) 1737 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1738 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1739 return nullptr; 1740 } 1741 1742 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1743 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1744 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1745 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1746 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1747 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1748 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1749 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1750 } 1751 1752 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1754 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1756 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1757 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1758 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1759 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1760 } 1761 1762 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1763 Parent, 1764 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1765 SC_Extern, 1766 false, 1767 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1768 New->setImplicit(); 1769 1770 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1771 // FunctionDecl. 1772 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1773 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1774 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1775 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1776 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1777 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1778 SC_None, nullptr); 1779 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1780 Params.push_back(parm); 1781 } 1782 New->setParams(Params); 1783 } 1784 1785 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1786 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1787 1788 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1789 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1790 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1791 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1792 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1793 CurContext = Parent; 1794 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1795 CurContext = SavedContext; 1796 return New; 1797 } 1798 1799 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1800 /// entity if their types are the same. 1801 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1802 /// isSameEntity. 1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1804 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1805 LookupResult &Previous) { 1806 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1807 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1808 return; 1809 1810 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1811 if (Previous.empty()) 1812 return; 1813 1814 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1815 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1816 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1817 1818 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1819 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1820 continue; 1821 1822 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1823 // different linkages. 1824 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1825 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1826 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1827 continue; 1828 1829 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1830 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1831 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1832 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1833 continue; 1834 } 1835 1836 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1837 Filter.erase(); 1838 } 1839 1840 Filter.done(); 1841 } 1842 1843 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1844 QualType OldType; 1845 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1846 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1847 else 1848 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1849 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1850 1851 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1852 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1853 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1854 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1855 << Kind << NewType; 1856 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1858 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1859 return true; 1860 } 1861 1862 if (OldType != NewType && 1863 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1864 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1865 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1866 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1867 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1868 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1869 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1870 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1871 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1872 return true; 1873 } 1874 return false; 1875 } 1876 1877 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1878 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1879 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1880 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1881 /// 1882 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1883 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1884 // merging checks. 1885 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1886 1887 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1888 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1889 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1890 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1891 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1892 default: break; 1893 case 2: 1894 { 1895 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1896 break; 1897 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1898 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1899 break; 1900 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1901 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1902 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1903 break; 1904 } 1905 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1906 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1907 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1908 return; 1909 } 1910 case 5: 1911 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1912 break; 1913 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1914 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1915 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1916 return; 1917 case 3: 1918 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1919 break; 1920 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1921 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1922 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1923 return; 1924 } 1925 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1926 } 1927 1928 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1929 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1930 if (!Old) { 1931 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1932 << New->getDeclName(); 1933 1934 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1935 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1936 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1937 1938 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1939 } 1940 1941 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1942 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1943 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1944 1945 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1946 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1947 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1948 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1950 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1951 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1952 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1953 // instead of our tag. 1954 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1955 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1956 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1957 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1958 else 1959 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1960 1961 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1962 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1963 } 1964 } 1965 1966 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1967 // with any extensions enabled. 1968 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1969 return; 1970 1971 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1972 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1973 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1974 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1975 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1976 } 1977 1978 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1979 return; 1980 1981 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1982 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1983 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1984 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1985 // to the type to which it already refers. 1986 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1987 return; 1988 1989 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1990 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1991 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1992 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1993 // 1994 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1995 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1996 // 1997 // struct S { 1998 // typedef struct A { } A; 1999 // }; 2000 // 2001 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2002 // allow the above but disallow 2003 // 2004 // struct S { 2005 // typedef int I; 2006 // typedef int I; 2007 // }; 2008 // 2009 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2010 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2011 return; 2012 2013 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2014 << New->getDeclName(); 2015 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2016 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2017 } 2018 2019 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2020 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2021 return; 2022 2023 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2024 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2025 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2026 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2027 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2028 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2029 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2030 return; 2031 2032 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2033 << New->getDeclName(); 2034 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2035 } 2036 2037 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2038 /// attribute. 2039 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2040 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2041 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2042 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2043 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2044 if (Ann) { 2045 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2046 return true; 2047 continue; 2048 } 2049 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2050 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2051 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2052 return true; 2053 } 2054 2055 return false; 2056 } 2057 2058 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2059 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2060 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2061 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2062 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2063 return true; 2064 } 2065 2066 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2067 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2068 /// 2069 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2070 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2071 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2072 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2073 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2074 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2075 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2076 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2077 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2078 // in a case like: 2079 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2080 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2081 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2082 // definition in such a case. 2083 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2084 return false; 2085 2086 if (I->isAlignas()) 2087 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2088 2089 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2090 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2091 OldAlign = Align; 2092 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2093 } 2094 } 2095 2096 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2097 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2098 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2099 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2100 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2101 return false; 2102 2103 if (I->isAlignas()) 2104 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2105 2106 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2107 if (Align > NewAlign) 2108 NewAlign = Align; 2109 } 2110 2111 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2112 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2113 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2114 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2115 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2116 2117 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2118 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2119 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2120 QualType Ty; 2121 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2122 Ty = VD->getType(); 2123 else 2124 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2125 2126 if (OldAlign == 0) 2127 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2128 if (NewAlign == 0) 2129 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2130 } 2131 2132 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2133 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2134 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2135 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2136 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2137 } 2138 } 2139 2140 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2141 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2142 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2143 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2144 // equivalent alignment. 2145 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2146 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2147 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2148 // have no alignment specifier. 2149 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2150 << OldAlignasAttr; 2151 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2152 << OldAlignasAttr; 2153 } 2154 2155 bool AnyAdded = false; 2156 2157 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2158 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2159 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2160 Clone->setInherited(true); 2161 New->addAttr(Clone); 2162 AnyAdded = true; 2163 } 2164 2165 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2166 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2167 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2168 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2169 Clone->setInherited(true); 2170 New->addAttr(Clone); 2171 AnyAdded = true; 2172 } 2173 2174 return AnyAdded; 2175 } 2176 2177 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2178 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2179 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2180 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2181 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2182 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2183 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2184 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2185 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2186 AA->getMessage(), AMK, 2187 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2188 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2189 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2190 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2191 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2192 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2193 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2194 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2195 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2196 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2197 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2198 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2199 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2200 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2201 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2202 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2203 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2204 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2205 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2206 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2207 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2208 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2209 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2210 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2211 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2212 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2213 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2214 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2215 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2216 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2217 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2218 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2219 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2220 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2221 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2222 NewAttr = nullptr; 2223 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2224 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2225 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2226 NewAttr = nullptr; 2227 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2228 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2229 2230 if (NewAttr) { 2231 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2232 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2233 return true; 2234 } 2235 2236 return false; 2237 } 2238 2239 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2240 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2241 return TD->getDefinition(); 2242 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2243 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2244 if (Def) 2245 return Def; 2246 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2247 } 2248 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2249 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2250 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2251 return Def; 2252 } 2253 return nullptr; 2254 } 2255 2256 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2257 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2258 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2259 return true; 2260 return false; 2261 } 2262 2263 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2264 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2265 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2266 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2267 return; 2268 2269 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2270 if (!Def || Def == New) 2271 return; 2272 2273 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2274 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2275 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2276 2277 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2278 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2279 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2280 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2281 2282 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2283 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2284 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2285 --E; 2286 continue; 2287 } 2288 } else { 2289 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2290 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2291 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2292 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2293 : diag::err_redefinition; 2294 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2295 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2296 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2297 } 2298 ++I; 2299 continue; 2300 } 2301 2302 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2303 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2304 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2305 ++I; 2306 continue; 2307 } 2308 } 2309 2310 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2311 ++I; 2312 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2313 } 2314 2315 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2316 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2317 ++I; 2318 continue; 2319 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2320 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2321 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2322 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2323 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2324 // equivalent alignment. 2325 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2326 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2327 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2328 // have no alignment specifier. 2329 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2330 << AA; 2331 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2332 << AA; 2333 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2334 --E; 2335 continue; 2336 } 2337 } 2338 2339 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2340 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2341 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2342 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2343 --E; 2344 } 2345 } 2346 2347 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2348 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2349 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2350 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2351 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2352 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2353 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2354 } 2355 2356 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2357 return; 2358 2359 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2360 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2361 2362 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2363 return; 2364 2365 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2366 2367 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2368 // we process them. 2369 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2370 2371 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2372 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2373 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2374 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2375 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2376 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2377 switch (AMK) { 2378 case AMK_None: 2379 continue; 2380 2381 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2382 case AMK_Override: 2383 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2384 LocalAMK = AMK; 2385 break; 2386 } 2387 } 2388 2389 // Already handled. 2390 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2391 continue; 2392 2393 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2394 foundAny = true; 2395 } 2396 2397 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2398 foundAny = true; 2399 2400 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2401 } 2402 2403 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2404 /// to the new one. 2405 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2406 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2407 Sema &S) { 2408 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2409 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2410 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2411 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2412 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2413 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2414 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2415 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2416 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2417 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2418 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2419 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2420 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2421 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2422 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2423 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2424 } 2425 2426 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2427 return; 2428 2429 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2430 2431 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2432 // done before we process them. 2433 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2434 2435 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2436 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2437 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2438 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2439 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2440 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2441 foundAny = true; 2442 } 2443 } 2444 2445 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2446 } 2447 2448 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2449 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2450 Sema &S) { 2451 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2452 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2453 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2454 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2455 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2456 *Newnullability, 2457 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2458 != 0)) 2459 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2460 *Oldnullability, 2461 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2462 != 0)); 2463 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2464 } 2465 } else { 2466 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2467 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2468 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2469 NewT, NewT); 2470 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2471 } 2472 } 2473 } 2474 2475 namespace { 2476 2477 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2478 /// C. 2479 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2480 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2481 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2482 QualType PromotedType; 2483 }; 2484 2485 } 2486 2487 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2488 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2489 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2490 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2491 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2492 2493 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2494 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2495 2496 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2497 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2498 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2499 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2500 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2501 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2502 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2503 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2504 } 2505 2506 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2507 } 2508 2509 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2510 // declaration, or a declaration. 2511 template <typename T> 2512 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2513 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2514 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2515 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2516 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2517 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2518 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2519 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2520 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2521 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2522 } else 2523 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2524 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2525 } 2526 2527 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2528 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2529 /// GNU89 mode. 2530 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2531 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2532 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2533 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2534 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2535 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2536 } 2537 2538 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2539 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2540 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2541 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2542 return AT; 2543 } 2544 2545 template <typename T> 2546 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2547 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2548 if (DC->isRecord()) 2549 return false; 2550 2551 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2552 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2553 return true; 2554 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2555 return true; 2556 return false; 2557 } 2558 2559 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2560 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2561 2562 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2563 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2564 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2565 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2566 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2567 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2568 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2569 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2570 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2571 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2572 // and function templates; or 2573 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2574 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2575 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2576 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2577 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2578 2579 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2580 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2581 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2582 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2583 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2584 2585 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2586 if (Old && 2587 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2588 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2589 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2590 Old = nullptr; 2591 2592 if (!Old) { 2593 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2594 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2595 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2596 return true; 2597 } 2598 return false; 2599 } 2600 2601 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2602 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2603 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2604 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2605 /// 2606 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2607 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2608 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2609 /// merged with. 2610 /// 2611 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2612 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2613 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2614 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2615 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2616 if (!Old) { 2617 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2618 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2619 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2620 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2621 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2622 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2623 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2624 return true; 2625 } 2626 2627 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2628 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2629 return true; 2630 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2631 } else { 2632 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2633 << New->getDeclName(); 2634 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2635 return true; 2636 } 2637 } 2638 2639 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2640 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2641 return true; 2642 2643 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2644 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2645 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2646 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2647 2648 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2649 // is an extern inline function. 2650 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2651 // storage classes. 2652 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2653 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2654 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2655 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2656 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2657 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2658 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2659 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2660 } else { 2661 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2662 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2663 return true; 2664 } 2665 } 2666 2667 2668 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2669 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2670 // convention of the first. 2671 // 2672 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2673 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2674 // 2675 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2676 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2677 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2678 // 2679 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2680 // other tests to run. 2681 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2682 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2683 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2684 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2685 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2686 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2687 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2688 2689 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2690 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2691 const FunctionType *FT = 2692 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2693 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2694 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2695 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2696 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2697 // there but not here. 2698 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2699 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2700 } else { 2701 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2702 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2703 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2704 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2705 << !FirstCCExplicit 2706 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2707 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2708 2709 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2710 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2711 return true; 2712 } 2713 } 2714 2715 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2716 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2717 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2718 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2719 } 2720 2721 // Merge regparm attribute. 2722 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2723 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2724 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2725 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2726 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2727 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2728 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2729 return true; 2730 } 2731 2732 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2733 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2734 } 2735 2736 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2737 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2738 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2739 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2740 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2741 return true; 2742 } 2743 2744 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2745 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2746 } 2747 2748 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2749 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2750 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2751 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2752 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2753 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2754 } 2755 2756 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2757 // UndefinedButUsed. 2758 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2759 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2760 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2761 Old->isUsed(false) && 2762 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2763 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2764 SourceLocation())); 2765 2766 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2767 // about it. 2768 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2769 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2770 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2771 } 2772 2773 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2774 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2775 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2776 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2777 // cannot be overloaded. 2778 2779 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2780 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2781 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2782 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2783 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2784 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2785 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2786 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2787 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2788 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2789 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2790 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2791 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2792 QualType ResQT; 2793 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2794 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2795 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2796 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2797 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2798 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2799 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2800 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2801 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2802 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2803 else 2804 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2805 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2806 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2807 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2808 return true; 2809 } 2810 else 2811 NewQType = ResQT; 2812 } 2813 2814 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2815 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2816 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2817 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2818 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2819 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2820 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2821 New->setType( 2822 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2823 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2824 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2825 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2826 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2827 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2828 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2829 } 2830 } 2831 2832 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2833 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2834 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2835 // Preserve triviality. 2836 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2837 2838 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2839 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2840 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2841 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2842 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2843 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2844 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2845 2846 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2847 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2848 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2849 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2850 // is a static member function declaration. 2851 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2852 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2853 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2854 return true; 2855 } 2856 2857 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2858 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2859 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2860 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2861 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2862 unsigned NewDiag; 2863 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2864 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2865 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2866 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2867 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2868 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2869 else 2870 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2871 2872 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2873 } else { 2874 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2875 << New << New->getType(); 2876 } 2877 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2878 return true; 2879 2880 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2881 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2882 // 2883 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2884 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2885 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2886 if (isFriend) { 2887 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2888 } else { 2889 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2890 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2891 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2892 return true; 2893 } 2894 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2895 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2896 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2897 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2898 return true; 2899 } 2900 } 2901 2902 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2903 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2904 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2905 // attribute. 2906 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2907 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2908 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2909 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2910 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2911 } 2912 2913 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2914 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2915 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2916 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2917 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2918 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2919 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2920 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2921 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2922 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2923 } 2924 2925 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2926 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2927 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2928 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2929 2930 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2931 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2932 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2933 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2934 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2935 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2936 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2937 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2938 } 2939 2940 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2941 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2942 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2943 // 2944 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2945 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2946 // linkage within class scope. 2947 // 2948 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2949 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2950 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2951 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2952 } else { 2953 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2954 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2955 return true; 2956 } 2957 } 2958 2959 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2960 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2961 2962 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2963 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2964 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2965 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2966 // when we instantiate the function. 2967 return false; 2968 } 2969 2970 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2971 } 2972 2973 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2974 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2975 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2976 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2977 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2978 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2979 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2980 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2981 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2982 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2983 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2984 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2985 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2986 NewQType = 2987 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2988 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2989 New->setType(NewQType); 2990 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2991 2992 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2993 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2994 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2995 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2996 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2997 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2998 SC_None, nullptr); 2999 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3000 Param->setImplicit(); 3001 Params.push_back(Param); 3002 } 3003 3004 New->setParams(Params); 3005 } 3006 3007 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3008 } 3009 3010 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3011 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3012 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3013 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3014 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3015 // the prototype. 3016 // 3017 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3018 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3019 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3020 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3021 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3022 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3023 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3024 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3025 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3026 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3027 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3028 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3029 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3030 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3031 3032 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3033 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3034 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3035 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3036 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3037 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3038 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3039 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3040 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3041 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3042 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3043 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3044 NewParm->getType(), 3045 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3046 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3047 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3048 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3049 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3050 } else 3051 LooseCompatible = false; 3052 } 3053 3054 if (LooseCompatible) { 3055 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3056 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3057 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3058 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3059 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3060 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3061 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3062 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3063 } 3064 3065 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3066 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3067 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3068 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3069 } 3070 3071 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3072 } 3073 3074 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3075 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3076 3077 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3078 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3079 unsigned BuiltinID; 3080 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3081 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3082 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3083 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3084 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3085 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3086 << Old << Old->getType(); 3087 3088 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3089 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3090 // 3091 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3092 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3093 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3094 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3095 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3096 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3097 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3098 3099 return false; 3100 } 3101 3102 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3103 } 3104 3105 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3106 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3107 return true; 3108 } 3109 3110 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3111 /// known to be compatible. 3112 /// 3113 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3114 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3115 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3116 /// redeclaration of Old. 3117 /// 3118 /// \returns false 3119 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3120 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3121 // Merge the attributes 3122 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3123 3124 // Merge "pure" flag. 3125 if (Old->isPure()) 3126 New->setPure(); 3127 3128 // Merge "used" flag. 3129 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3130 New->setIsUsed(); 3131 3132 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3133 // declarations. 3134 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3135 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3136 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3137 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3138 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3139 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3140 } 3141 3142 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3143 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3144 3145 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3146 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3147 // was visible. 3148 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3149 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3150 New->setType(Merged); 3151 3152 return false; 3153 } 3154 3155 3156 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3157 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3158 3159 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3160 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3161 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3162 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3163 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3164 : AMK_Override; 3165 3166 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3167 3168 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3169 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3170 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3171 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3172 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3173 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3174 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3175 3176 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3177 } 3178 3179 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3180 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3181 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3182 /// 3183 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3184 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3185 /// is attached. 3186 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3187 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3188 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3189 return; 3190 3191 QualType MergedT; 3192 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3193 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3194 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3195 return; 3196 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3197 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3198 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3199 } 3200 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3201 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3202 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3203 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3204 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3205 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3206 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3207 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3208 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3209 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3210 NewArray->getElementType())) 3211 MergedT = New->getType(); 3212 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3213 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3214 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3215 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3216 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3217 NewArray->getElementType())) 3218 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3219 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3220 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3221 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3222 Old->getType()); 3223 } 3224 } else { 3225 // C 6.2.7p2: 3226 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3227 // compatible type. 3228 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3229 } 3230 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3231 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3232 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3233 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3234 // equivalent. 3235 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3236 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3237 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3238 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3239 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3240 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3241 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3242 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3243 return; 3244 } 3245 3246 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3247 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3248 // 3249 // extern int arr[]; 3250 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3251 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3252 // 3253 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3254 // to diagnose it. 3255 Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3256 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3257 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3258 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3259 3260 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3261 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3262 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3263 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3264 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3265 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3266 } 3267 3268 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3269 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3270 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3271 New->setType(MergedT); 3272 } 3273 3274 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3275 LookupResult &Previous) { 3276 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3277 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3278 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3279 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3280 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3281 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3282 // 3283 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3284 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3285 return false; 3286 3287 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3288 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3289 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3290 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3291 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3292 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3293 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3294 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3295 } else { 3296 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3297 // type unless we're in the same function. 3298 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3299 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3300 } 3301 } 3302 3303 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3304 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3305 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3306 /// 3307 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3308 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3309 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3310 /// 3311 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3312 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3313 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3314 return; 3315 3316 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3317 3318 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3319 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3320 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3321 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3322 if (NewTemplate) { 3323 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3324 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3325 3326 if (auto *Shadow = 3327 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3328 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3329 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3330 } else { 3331 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3332 3333 if (auto *Shadow = 3334 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3335 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3336 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3337 } 3338 } 3339 if (!Old) { 3340 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3341 << New->getDeclName(); 3342 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3343 diag::note_previous_definition); 3344 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3345 } 3346 3347 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3348 return; 3349 3350 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3351 if (NewTemplate && 3352 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3353 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3354 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3355 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3356 3357 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3358 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3359 // 3360 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3361 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3362 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3363 << New->getIdentifier(); 3364 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3365 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3366 } 3367 3368 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3369 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3370 // declaration 3371 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3372 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3373 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3374 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3375 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3376 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3377 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3378 } 3379 3380 // Merge the types. 3381 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3382 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3383 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3384 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3385 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3386 return; 3387 } 3388 3389 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3390 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3391 return; 3392 3393 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3394 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3395 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3396 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3397 3398 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3399 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3400 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3401 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3402 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3403 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3404 << New->getDeclName(); 3405 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3406 } else { 3407 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3408 << New->getDeclName(); 3409 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3410 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3411 } 3412 } 3413 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3414 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3415 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3416 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3417 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3418 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3419 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3420 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3421 // identifier has external linkage. 3422 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3423 /* Okay */; 3424 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3425 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3426 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3427 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3428 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3429 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3430 } 3431 3432 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3433 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3434 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3435 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3436 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3437 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3438 } 3439 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3440 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3441 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3442 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3443 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3444 } 3445 3446 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3447 3448 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3449 // need to check for mismatches. 3450 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3451 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3452 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3453 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3454 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3455 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3456 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3457 } 3458 3459 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3460 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3461 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3462 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3463 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3464 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3465 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3466 } else { 3467 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3468 // static and dynamic initialization. 3469 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3470 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3471 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3472 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3473 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3474 } 3475 } 3476 3477 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3478 VarDecl *Def; 3479 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3480 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3481 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3482 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3483 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3484 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3485 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3486 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3487 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3488 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3489 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3490 } else { 3491 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3492 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3493 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3494 return; 3495 } 3496 } 3497 3498 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3499 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3500 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3501 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3502 return; 3503 } 3504 3505 // Merge "used" flag. 3506 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3507 New->setIsUsed(); 3508 3509 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3510 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3511 if (NewTemplate) 3512 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3513 3514 // Inherit access appropriately. 3515 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3516 if (NewTemplate) 3517 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3518 } 3519 3520 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3521 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3522 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3523 DeclSpec &DS) { 3524 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3525 } 3526 3527 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3528 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3529 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3530 // compatibility. 3531 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3532 // targeted. 3533 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3534 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3535 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3536 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3537 } 3538 3539 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3540 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3541 return; 3542 3543 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3544 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3545 // it is anonymous. 3546 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3547 return; 3548 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3549 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3550 Context.setManglingNumber( 3551 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3552 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3553 return; 3554 } 3555 3556 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3557 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3558 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3559 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3560 Context.setManglingNumber( 3561 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3562 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3563 } 3564 } 3565 3566 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3567 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3568 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3569 return; 3570 3571 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3572 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3573 return; 3574 3575 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3576 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3577 3578 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3579 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3580 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3581 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3582 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3583 return; 3584 } 3585 3586 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3587 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3588 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3589 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3590 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3591 // for how to handle it. 3592 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3593 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3594 3595 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3596 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3597 3598 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3599 textToInsert += ' '; 3600 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3601 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3602 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3603 return; 3604 } 3605 3606 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3607 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3608 } 3609 3610 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3611 switch (T) { 3612 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3613 return 0; 3614 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3615 return 1; 3616 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3617 return 2; 3618 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3619 return 3; 3620 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3621 return 4; 3622 default: 3623 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3624 } 3625 } 3626 3627 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3628 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3629 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3630 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3631 DeclSpec &DS, 3632 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3633 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3634 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3635 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3636 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3637 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3638 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3639 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3640 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3641 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3642 3643 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3644 return nullptr; 3645 3646 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3647 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3648 // it's a Type. 3649 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3650 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3651 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3652 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3653 } 3654 3655 if (Tag) { 3656 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3657 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3658 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3659 return Tag; 3660 } 3661 3662 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3663 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3664 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3665 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3666 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3667 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3668 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3669 } 3670 3671 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3672 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3673 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3674 if (Tag) 3675 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3676 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3677 else 3678 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3679 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3680 return TagD; 3681 } 3682 3683 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3684 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3685 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3686 // its initializer. 3687 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3688 return TagD; 3689 } 3690 3691 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3692 3693 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3694 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3695 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3696 if (TagD && !Tag) 3697 return nullptr; 3698 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3699 } 3700 3701 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3702 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3703 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3704 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3705 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3706 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3707 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3708 // or an explicit specialization. 3709 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3710 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3711 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3712 return nullptr; 3713 } 3714 3715 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3716 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3717 3718 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3719 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3720 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3721 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3722 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3723 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3724 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3725 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3726 3727 DeclaresAnything = false; 3728 } 3729 } 3730 3731 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3732 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3733 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3734 // 3735 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3736 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3737 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3738 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3739 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3740 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3741 // struct STRUCT; 3742 // union UNION; 3743 // and 3744 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3745 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3746 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3747 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3748 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3749 if (Tag) 3750 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3751 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3752 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3753 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3754 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3755 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3756 3757 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3758 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3759 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3760 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3761 } 3762 3763 DeclaresAnything = false; 3764 } 3765 } 3766 3767 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3768 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3769 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3770 return TagD; 3771 3772 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3773 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3774 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3775 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3776 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3777 DeclaresAnything = false; 3778 3779 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3780 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3781 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3782 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3783 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3784 else 3785 DeclaresAnything = false; 3786 } 3787 3788 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3789 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3790 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3791 << Tag->getTagKind() 3792 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3793 3794 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3795 3796 // C 6.7/2: 3797 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3798 // or the members of an enumeration. 3799 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3800 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3801 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3802 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3803 // previous declaration. 3804 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3805 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3806 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3807 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3808 return TagD; 3809 } 3810 3811 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3812 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3813 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3814 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3815 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3816 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3817 // 3818 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3819 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3820 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3821 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3822 3823 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3824 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3825 // useless. 3826 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3827 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3828 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3829 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3830 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3831 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3832 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3833 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3834 } 3835 3836 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3837 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3838 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3839 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3840 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3841 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3842 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3843 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3844 // Restrict is covered above. 3845 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3846 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3847 } 3848 3849 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3850 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3851 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3852 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3853 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3854 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3855 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3856 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3857 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3858 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3859 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3860 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3861 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3862 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3863 } 3864 } 3865 3866 return TagD; 3867 } 3868 3869 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3870 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3871 /// 3872 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3873 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3874 Scope *S, 3875 DeclContext *Owner, 3876 DeclarationName Name, 3877 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3878 unsigned diagnostic) { 3879 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3880 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3881 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3882 3883 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3884 return false; 3885 3886 // Pick a representative declaration. 3887 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3888 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3889 3890 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3891 return false; 3892 3893 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3894 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3895 3896 return true; 3897 } 3898 3899 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3900 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3901 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3902 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3903 /// struct, e.g., 3904 /// 3905 /// @code 3906 /// union { 3907 /// int i; 3908 /// float f; 3909 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3910 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3911 /// @endcode 3912 /// 3913 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3914 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3915 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3916 DeclContext *Owner, 3917 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3918 AccessSpecifier AS, 3919 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3920 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3921 unsigned diagKind 3922 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3923 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3924 3925 bool Invalid = false; 3926 3927 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3928 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3929 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3930 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3931 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3932 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3933 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3934 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3935 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3936 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3937 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3938 Invalid = true; 3939 } else { 3940 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3941 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3942 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3943 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3944 // anonymous union is declared. 3945 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3946 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3947 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 3948 else 3949 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3950 3951 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3952 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3953 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3954 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3955 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3956 3957 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3958 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3959 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3960 3961 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3962 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3963 3964 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3965 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3966 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3967 3968 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3969 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3970 3971 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3972 } 3973 } 3974 } 3975 3976 return Invalid; 3977 } 3978 3979 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3980 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3981 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3982 static StorageClass 3983 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3984 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3985 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3986 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3987 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3988 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3989 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3990 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3991 return SC_None; 3992 return SC_Extern; 3993 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3994 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3995 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3996 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3997 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3998 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3999 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4000 } 4001 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4002 } 4003 4004 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4005 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4006 4007 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4008 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4009 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4010 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4011 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4012 return FD->getLocation(); 4013 } 4014 4015 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4016 } 4017 4018 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4019 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4020 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4021 return; 4022 4023 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4024 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4025 } 4026 4027 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4028 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4029 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4030 return; 4031 4032 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4033 } 4034 4035 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4036 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4037 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4038 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4039 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4040 AccessSpecifier AS, 4041 RecordDecl *Record, 4042 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4043 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4044 4045 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4046 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4047 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4048 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4049 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4050 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4051 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4052 4053 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4054 // structs/unions. 4055 bool Invalid = false; 4056 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4057 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4058 unsigned DiagID; 4059 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4060 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4061 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4062 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4063 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4064 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4065 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4066 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4067 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4068 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4069 4070 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4071 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4072 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4073 } 4074 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4075 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4076 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4077 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4078 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4079 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4080 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4081 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4082 4083 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4084 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4085 SourceLocation(), 4086 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4087 } 4088 } 4089 4090 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4091 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4092 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4093 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4094 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4095 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4096 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4097 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4098 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4099 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4100 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4101 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4102 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4103 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4104 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4105 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4106 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4107 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4108 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4109 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4110 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4111 4112 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4113 } 4114 4115 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4116 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4117 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4118 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4119 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4120 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4121 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4122 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4123 // members (clause 11). 4124 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4125 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4126 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4127 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4128 Invalid = true; 4129 } 4130 4131 // C++ [class.union]p1 4132 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4133 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4134 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4135 // array of such objects. 4136 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4137 Invalid = true; 4138 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4139 // Any implicit members are fine. 4140 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4141 // This is a type that showed up in an 4142 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4143 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4144 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4145 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4146 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4147 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4148 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4149 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4150 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4151 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4152 else { 4153 // This is a nested type declaration. 4154 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4155 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4156 Invalid = true; 4157 } 4158 } else { 4159 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4160 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4161 // not part of standard C++. 4162 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4163 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4164 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4165 } 4166 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4167 // Any access specifier is fine. 4168 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4169 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4170 } else { 4171 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4172 // member. Complain about it. 4173 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4174 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4175 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4176 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4177 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4178 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4179 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4180 4181 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4182 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4183 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4184 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4185 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4186 else { 4187 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 4188 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4189 Invalid = true; 4190 } 4191 } 4192 } 4193 4194 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4195 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4196 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4197 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4198 Owner->isRecord()) 4199 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4200 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4201 } 4202 4203 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4204 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4205 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4206 Invalid = true; 4207 } 4208 4209 // Mock up a declarator. 4210 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4211 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4212 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4213 4214 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4215 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4216 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4217 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4218 DS.getLocStart(), 4219 Record->getLocation(), 4220 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4221 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4222 TInfo, 4223 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4224 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4225 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4226 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4227 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4228 } else { 4229 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4230 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4231 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4232 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4233 // an error here 4234 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4235 Invalid = true; 4236 SC = SC_None; 4237 } 4238 4239 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4240 DS.getLocStart(), 4241 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4242 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4243 TInfo, SC); 4244 4245 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4246 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4247 // initializer: 4248 // union { int n = 0; }; 4249 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4250 } 4251 Anon->setImplicit(); 4252 4253 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4254 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4255 4256 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4257 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4258 // its members. 4259 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4260 4261 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4262 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4263 // purposes. 4264 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4265 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4266 4267 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4268 Chain, false)) 4269 Invalid = true; 4270 4271 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4272 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4273 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4274 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4275 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4276 Context.setManglingNumber( 4277 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4278 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4279 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4280 } 4281 } 4282 } 4283 4284 if (Invalid) 4285 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4286 4287 return Anon; 4288 } 4289 4290 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4291 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4292 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4293 /// Example: 4294 /// 4295 /// struct A { int a; }; 4296 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4297 /// 4298 /// void foo() { 4299 /// B var; 4300 /// var.a = 3; 4301 /// } 4302 /// 4303 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4304 RecordDecl *Record) { 4305 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4306 4307 // Mock up a declarator. 4308 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4309 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4310 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4311 4312 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4313 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4314 4315 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4316 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4317 ParentDecl, 4318 DS.getLocStart(), 4319 DS.getLocStart(), 4320 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4321 RecTy, 4322 TInfo, 4323 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4324 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4325 Anon->setImplicit(); 4326 4327 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4328 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4329 4330 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4331 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4332 // purposes. 4333 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4334 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4335 4336 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4337 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4338 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4339 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4340 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4341 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4342 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4343 } 4344 4345 return Anon; 4346 } 4347 4348 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4349 /// given Declarator. 4350 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4351 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4352 } 4353 4354 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4355 DeclarationNameInfo 4356 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4357 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4358 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4359 4360 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4361 4362 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4363 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4364 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4365 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4366 return NameInfo; 4367 4368 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4369 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4370 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4371 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4372 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4373 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4374 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4375 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4376 return NameInfo; 4377 4378 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4379 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4380 Name.Identifier)); 4381 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4382 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4383 return NameInfo; 4384 4385 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4386 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4387 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4388 if (Ty.isNull()) 4389 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4390 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4391 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4392 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4393 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4394 return NameInfo; 4395 } 4396 4397 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4398 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4399 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4400 if (Ty.isNull()) 4401 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4402 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4403 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4404 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4405 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4406 return NameInfo; 4407 } 4408 4409 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4410 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4411 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4412 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4413 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4414 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4415 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4416 4417 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4418 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4419 4420 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4421 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4422 // was qualified. 4423 4424 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4425 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4426 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4427 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4428 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4429 return NameInfo; 4430 } 4431 4432 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4433 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4434 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4435 if (Ty.isNull()) 4436 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4437 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4438 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4439 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4440 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4441 return NameInfo; 4442 } 4443 4444 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4445 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4446 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4447 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4448 } 4449 4450 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4451 4452 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4453 } 4454 4455 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4456 do { 4457 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4458 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4459 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4460 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4461 else 4462 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4463 } while (true); 4464 } 4465 4466 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4467 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4468 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4469 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4470 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4471 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4472 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4473 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4474 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4475 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4476 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4477 Params.clear(); 4478 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4479 return false; 4480 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4481 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4482 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4483 4484 // The parameter types are identical 4485 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4486 continue; 4487 4488 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4489 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4490 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4491 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4492 4493 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4494 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4495 Params.push_back(Idx); 4496 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4497 return false; 4498 } 4499 4500 return true; 4501 } 4502 4503 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4504 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4505 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4506 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4507 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4508 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4509 DeclarationName Name) { 4510 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4511 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4512 // - types which will become injected class names 4513 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4514 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4515 // few cases here. 4516 4517 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4518 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4519 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4520 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4521 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4522 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4523 // Grab the type from the parser. 4524 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4525 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4526 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4527 4528 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4529 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4530 // attached already. 4531 if (!TSI) 4532 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4533 4534 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4535 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4536 if (!TSI) return true; 4537 4538 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4539 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4540 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4541 break; 4542 } 4543 4544 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4545 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4546 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4547 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4548 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4549 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4550 break; 4551 } 4552 4553 default: 4554 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4555 break; 4556 } 4557 4558 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4559 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4560 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4561 4562 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4563 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4564 // pointer. 4565 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4566 continue; 4567 4568 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4569 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4570 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4571 return true; 4572 } 4573 4574 return false; 4575 } 4576 4577 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4578 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4579 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4580 4581 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4582 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4583 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4584 4585 return Dcl; 4586 } 4587 4588 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4589 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4590 /// name different from T: 4591 /// - every static data member of class T; 4592 /// - every member function of class T 4593 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4594 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4595 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4596 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4597 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4598 4599 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4600 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4601 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4602 return true; 4603 } 4604 4605 return false; 4606 } 4607 4608 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4609 /// nested-name-specifier. 4610 /// 4611 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4612 /// 4613 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4614 /// resolves. 4615 /// 4616 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4617 /// 4618 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4619 /// 4620 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4621 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4622 DeclarationName Name, 4623 SourceLocation Loc) { 4624 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4625 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4626 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4627 4628 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4629 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4630 // 4631 // class X { 4632 // void X::f(); 4633 // }; 4634 // 4635 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4636 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4637 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4638 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4639 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4640 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4641 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4642 SS.clear(); 4643 } else { 4644 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4645 } 4646 return false; 4647 } 4648 4649 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4650 // declaration. 4651 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4652 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4653 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4654 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4655 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4656 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4657 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4658 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4659 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4660 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4661 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4662 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4663 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4664 else 4665 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4666 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4667 4668 return true; 4669 } 4670 4671 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4672 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4673 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4674 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4675 SS.clear(); 4676 4677 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4678 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4679 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4680 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4681 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4682 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4683 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4684 return true; 4685 4686 return false; 4687 } 4688 4689 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4690 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4691 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4692 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4693 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4694 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4695 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4696 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4697 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4698 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4699 4700 return false; 4701 } 4702 4703 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4704 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4705 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4706 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4707 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4708 4709 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4710 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4711 if (!Name) { 4712 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4713 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4714 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4715 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4716 return nullptr; 4717 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4718 return nullptr; 4719 4720 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4721 // we find one that is. 4722 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4723 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4724 S = S->getParent(); 4725 4726 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4727 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4728 D.setInvalidType(); 4729 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4730 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4731 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4732 return nullptr; 4733 4734 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4735 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4736 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4737 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4738 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4739 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4740 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4741 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4742 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4743 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4744 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4745 return nullptr; 4746 } 4747 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4748 4749 if (!IsDependentContext && 4750 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4751 return nullptr; 4752 4753 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4754 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4755 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4756 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4757 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4758 return nullptr; 4759 } 4760 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4761 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4762 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4763 if (DC->isRecord()) 4764 return nullptr; 4765 4766 D.setInvalidType(); 4767 } 4768 } 4769 4770 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4771 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4772 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4773 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4774 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4775 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4776 D.setInvalidType(); 4777 } 4778 } 4779 4780 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4781 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4782 4783 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4784 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4785 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4786 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4787 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4788 return nullptr; 4789 4790 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4791 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4792 D.setInvalidType(); 4793 4794 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4795 ForRedeclaration); 4796 4797 // If we're hiding internal-linkage symbols in modules from redeclaration 4798 // lookup, let name lookup know. 4799 if ((getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) && 4800 getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage && 4801 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4802 Previous.setAllowHiddenInternal(false); 4803 4804 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4805 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4806 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4807 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4808 4809 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4810 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4811 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4812 // 4813 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4814 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4815 // the same name. 4816 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4817 /* Do nothing*/; 4818 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4819 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4820 R->isFunctionType())) { 4821 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4822 CreateBuiltins = 4823 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4824 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4825 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4826 CreateBuiltins = true; 4827 4828 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4829 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4830 4831 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4832 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4833 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4834 4835 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4836 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4837 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4838 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4839 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4840 // thereof; [...] 4841 // 4842 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4843 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4844 // we want to match. For example, given: 4845 // 4846 // class X { 4847 // void f(); 4848 // void f(float); 4849 // }; 4850 // 4851 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4852 // 4853 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4854 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4855 // matches. 4856 4857 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4858 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4859 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4860 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4861 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4862 } 4863 4864 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4865 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4866 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4867 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4868 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4869 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4870 4871 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4872 Previous.clear(); 4873 } 4874 4875 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4876 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4877 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4878 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4879 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4880 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4881 Previous.clear(); 4882 4883 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4884 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4885 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4886 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4887 4888 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 4889 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 4890 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 4891 // template, declared in namespace scope 4892 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4893 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 4894 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4895 return nullptr; 4896 } 4897 4898 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 4899 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4900 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 4901 return nullptr; 4902 } 4903 } 4904 4905 NamedDecl *New; 4906 4907 bool AddToScope = true; 4908 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4909 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4910 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4911 return nullptr; 4912 } 4913 4914 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4915 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4916 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4917 TemplateParamLists, 4918 AddToScope); 4919 } else { 4920 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4921 AddToScope); 4922 } 4923 4924 if (!New) 4925 return nullptr; 4926 4927 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4928 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4929 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4930 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4931 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4932 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4933 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4934 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4935 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4936 if (!AddToContext) 4937 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4938 } 4939 4940 return New; 4941 } 4942 4943 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4944 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4945 /// GCC compatibility). 4946 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4947 ASTContext &Context, 4948 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4949 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4950 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4951 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4952 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4953 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4954 SizeIsNegative = false; 4955 Oversized = 0; 4956 4957 if (T->isDependentType()) 4958 return QualType(); 4959 4960 QualifierCollector Qs; 4961 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4962 4963 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4964 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4965 QualType FixedType = 4966 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4967 Oversized); 4968 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4969 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4970 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4971 } 4972 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4973 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4974 QualType FixedType = 4975 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4976 Oversized); 4977 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4978 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4979 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4980 } 4981 4982 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4983 if (!VLATy) 4984 return QualType(); 4985 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4986 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4987 return QualType(); 4988 4989 llvm::APSInt Res; 4990 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4991 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4992 return QualType(); 4993 4994 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4995 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4996 SizeIsNegative = true; 4997 return QualType(); 4998 } 4999 5000 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5001 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5002 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5003 Res); 5004 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5005 Oversized = Res; 5006 return QualType(); 5007 } 5008 5009 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5010 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5011 } 5012 5013 static void 5014 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5015 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5016 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5017 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5018 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5019 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5020 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5021 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5022 return; 5023 } 5024 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5025 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5026 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5027 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5028 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5029 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5030 return; 5031 } 5032 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5033 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5034 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5035 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5036 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5037 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5038 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5039 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5040 } 5041 5042 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5043 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5044 /// GCC compatibility). 5045 static TypeSourceInfo* 5046 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5047 ASTContext &Context, 5048 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5049 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5050 QualType FixedTy 5051 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5052 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5053 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5054 return nullptr; 5055 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5056 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5057 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5058 return FixedTInfo; 5059 } 5060 5061 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5062 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5063 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5064 /// function-scope declarations. 5065 void 5066 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5067 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5068 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5069 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5070 return; 5071 5072 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5073 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5074 } 5075 5076 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5077 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5078 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5079 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5080 } 5081 5082 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5083 /// does not identify a function. 5084 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5085 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5086 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5087 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5088 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5089 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5090 5091 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5092 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5093 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5094 5095 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5096 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5097 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5098 5099 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5100 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5101 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5102 } 5103 5104 NamedDecl* 5105 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5106 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5107 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5108 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5109 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5110 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5111 D.setInvalidType(); 5112 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5113 DC = CurContext; 5114 Previous.clear(); 5115 } 5116 5117 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5118 5119 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5120 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5121 << 1; 5122 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5123 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5124 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5125 5126 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5127 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5128 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5129 return nullptr; 5130 } 5131 5132 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5133 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5134 5135 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5136 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5137 5138 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5139 5140 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5141 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5142 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5143 return ND; 5144 } 5145 5146 void 5147 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5148 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5149 // then it shall have block scope. 5150 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5151 // that redeclarations will match. 5152 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5153 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5154 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5155 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5156 5157 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5158 bool SizeIsNegative; 5159 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5160 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5161 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5162 SizeIsNegative, 5163 Oversized); 5164 if (FixedTInfo) { 5165 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5166 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5167 } else { 5168 if (SizeIsNegative) 5169 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5170 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5171 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5172 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5173 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5174 << Oversized.toString(10); 5175 else 5176 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5177 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5178 } 5179 } 5180 } 5181 } 5182 5183 5184 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5185 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5186 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5187 NamedDecl* 5188 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5189 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5190 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5191 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5192 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5193 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5194 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5195 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5196 Redeclaration = true; 5197 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 5198 } 5199 5200 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5201 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5202 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5203 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5204 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5205 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5206 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5207 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5208 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5209 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5210 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5211 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5212 } 5213 5214 return NewTD; 5215 } 5216 5217 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5218 /// previous declaration. 5219 /// 5220 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5221 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5222 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5223 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5224 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5225 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5226 /// 5227 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5228 /// lookup 5229 /// 5230 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5231 /// declared. 5232 /// 5233 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5234 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5235 static bool 5236 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5237 ASTContext &Context) { 5238 if (!PrevDecl) 5239 return false; 5240 5241 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5242 return false; 5243 5244 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5245 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5246 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5247 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5248 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5249 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5250 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5251 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5252 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5253 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5254 return false; 5255 5256 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5257 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5258 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5259 return false; 5260 5261 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5262 // previous declarations. 5263 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5264 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5265 5266 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5267 // isn't the same function. 5268 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5269 return false; 5270 } 5271 5272 return true; 5273 } 5274 5275 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5276 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5277 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5278 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5279 } 5280 5281 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5282 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5283 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5284 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5285 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5286 unsigned kind = -1U; 5287 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5288 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5289 kind = 0; // __block 5290 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5291 kind = 1; // global 5292 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5293 kind = 3; // ivar 5294 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5295 kind = 2; // field 5296 } 5297 5298 if (kind != -1U) { 5299 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5300 << kind; 5301 } 5302 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5303 // Try to infer lifetime. 5304 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5305 return false; 5306 5307 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5308 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5309 decl->setType(type); 5310 } 5311 5312 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5313 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5314 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5315 var->getTLSKind()) { 5316 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5317 << var->getType(); 5318 return true; 5319 } 5320 } 5321 5322 return false; 5323 } 5324 5325 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5326 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5327 // the wrong linkage. 5328 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5329 5330 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5331 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5332 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5333 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5334 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5335 } 5336 } 5337 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5338 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5339 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5340 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5341 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5342 } 5343 } 5344 5345 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5346 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5347 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5348 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5349 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5350 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5351 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5352 } 5353 } 5354 } 5355 5356 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5357 // It does not apply to functions. 5358 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5359 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5360 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5361 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5362 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5363 } 5364 } 5365 5366 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5367 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5368 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5369 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5370 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5371 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5372 << &ND << Attr; 5373 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5374 } 5375 } 5376 } 5377 5378 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5379 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5380 bool IsSpecialization) { 5381 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5382 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5383 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5384 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5385 5386 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5387 return; 5388 5389 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5390 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5391 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5392 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5393 5394 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5395 // inherited attribute instances. 5396 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5397 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5398 5399 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5400 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5401 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5402 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5403 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5404 5405 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5406 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5407 bool JustWarn = false; 5408 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5409 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5410 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5411 JustWarn = true; 5412 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5413 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5414 JustWarn = true; 5415 } 5416 5417 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5418 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5419 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5420 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5421 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5422 JustWarn = false; 5423 5424 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5425 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5426 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5427 << NewDecl 5428 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5429 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5430 if (!JustWarn) { 5431 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5432 return; 5433 } 5434 } 5435 5436 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5437 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5438 // and qualified friend declarations. 5439 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5440 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5441 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5442 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5443 // separately. 5444 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5445 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5446 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5447 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5448 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5449 } 5450 5451 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5452 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5453 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5454 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5455 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5456 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5457 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5458 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5459 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5460 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5461 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5462 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5463 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5464 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5465 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5466 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5467 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5468 } 5469 } 5470 5471 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5472 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5473 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5474 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5475 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5476 5477 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5478 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5479 5480 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5481 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5482 return false; 5483 5484 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5485 5486 #ifndef NDEBUG 5487 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5488 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5489 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5490 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5491 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5492 #endif 5493 5494 bool isC99Inline = 5495 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5496 5497 #ifndef NDEBUG 5498 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5499 #endif 5500 5501 return isC99Inline; 5502 } 5503 5504 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5505 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5506 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5507 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5508 /// 5509 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5510 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5511 /// 5512 /// For instance: 5513 /// 5514 /// auto x = []{}; 5515 /// 5516 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5517 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5518 /// 5519 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5520 template<typename T> 5521 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5522 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5523 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5524 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5525 return false; 5526 5527 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes if overloading is enabled. 5528 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 5529 (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5530 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5531 return false; 5532 } 5533 return D->isExternC(); 5534 } 5535 5536 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5537 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5538 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5539 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5540 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5541 return true; 5542 if (DC->isRecord()) 5543 return false; 5544 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5545 } 5546 5547 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5548 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5549 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5550 return true; 5551 if (DC->isRecord()) 5552 return false; 5553 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5554 } 5555 5556 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5557 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5558 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5559 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5560 return true; 5561 return false; 5562 } 5563 5564 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5565 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5566 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5567 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5568 return true; 5569 5570 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5571 // position to the decl itself. 5572 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5573 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5574 return true; 5575 } 5576 5577 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5578 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5579 } 5580 5581 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5582 /// function-local external declaration. 5583 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5584 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5585 return false; 5586 5587 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5588 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5589 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5590 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5591 return true; 5592 5593 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5594 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5595 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5596 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5597 // 5598 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5599 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5600 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5601 DC = DC->getParent(); 5602 return true; 5603 } 5604 5605 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5606 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5607 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5608 return FD->isExternC(); 5609 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5610 return VD->isExternC(); 5611 5612 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5613 } 5614 5615 NamedDecl * 5616 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5617 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5618 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5619 bool &AddToScope) { 5620 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5621 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5622 5623 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5624 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5625 5626 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5627 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5628 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5629 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5630 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5631 SC = SC_Extern; 5632 5633 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5634 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5635 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5636 5637 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5638 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5639 QualType NR = R; 5640 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5641 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5642 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5643 D.setInvalidType(); 5644 break; 5645 } 5646 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5647 } 5648 5649 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5650 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5651 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5652 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5653 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5654 D.setInvalidType(); 5655 } 5656 } 5657 } 5658 5659 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5660 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5661 // an error here 5662 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5663 D.setInvalidType(); 5664 SC = SC_None; 5665 } 5666 5667 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5668 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5669 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5670 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5671 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5672 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5673 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5674 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5675 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5676 } 5677 5678 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5679 if (!II) { 5680 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5681 << Name; 5682 return nullptr; 5683 } 5684 5685 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5686 5687 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5688 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5689 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5690 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5691 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5692 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5693 D.setInvalidType(); 5694 } 5695 } 5696 5697 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5698 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5699 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5700 // space qualifiers. 5701 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5702 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5703 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5704 } 5705 5706 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5707 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5708 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5709 // address space qualifiers. 5710 if (R->isEventT()) { 5711 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5712 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5713 D.setInvalidType(); 5714 } 5715 5716 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5717 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5718 D.setInvalidType(); 5719 } 5720 } 5721 } 5722 5723 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5724 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5725 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5726 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5727 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5728 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5729 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5730 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5731 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5732 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5733 R, TInfo, SC); 5734 5735 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5736 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5737 } else { 5738 bool Invalid = false; 5739 5740 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5741 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5742 switch (SC) { 5743 case SC_None: 5744 break; 5745 case SC_Static: 5746 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5747 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5748 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5749 break; 5750 case SC_Auto: 5751 case SC_Register: 5752 case SC_Extern: 5753 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5754 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5755 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5756 // of class members 5757 5758 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5759 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5760 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5761 break; 5762 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5763 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5764 } 5765 } 5766 5767 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5768 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5769 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5770 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5771 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5772 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5773 5774 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5775 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5776 if (RD->isUnion()) 5777 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5778 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5779 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5780 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5781 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5782 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5783 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5784 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5785 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5786 } 5787 } 5788 5789 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5790 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5791 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5792 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5793 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5794 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5795 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5796 : nullptr, 5797 TemplateParamLists, 5798 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5799 5800 if (TemplateParams) { 5801 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5802 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5803 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5804 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5805 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5806 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5807 << II 5808 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5809 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5810 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5811 } else { 5812 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5813 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5814 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5815 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5816 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5817 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5818 // This is a template declaration. 5819 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5820 5821 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5822 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5823 return nullptr; 5824 5825 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5826 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5827 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5828 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5829 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5830 } 5831 } 5832 } else { 5833 assert( 5834 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5835 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5836 } 5837 5838 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5839 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5840 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5841 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5842 : SourceLocation(); 5843 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5844 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5845 IsPartialSpecialization); 5846 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5847 return nullptr; 5848 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5849 AddToScope = false; 5850 } else 5851 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5852 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5853 5854 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5855 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5856 NewTemplate = 5857 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5858 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5859 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5860 } 5861 5862 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5863 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5864 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5865 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5866 5867 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5868 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5869 if (NewTemplate) 5870 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5871 } 5872 5873 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5874 5875 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5876 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5877 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5878 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5879 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5880 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 5881 5882 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5883 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5884 5885 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5886 NewVD->setConcept(true); 5887 5888 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 5889 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 5890 // specifiers, [...] 5891 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 5892 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5893 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5894 << 0 << 0; 5895 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5896 } 5897 5898 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 5899 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 5900 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5901 << 0 << 3; 5902 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5903 } 5904 } 5905 } 5906 5907 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5908 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5909 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5910 if (NewTemplate) 5911 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5912 5913 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5914 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5915 5916 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 5917 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5918 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5919 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5920 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5921 // explicitly. 5922 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5923 // 'extern'. 5924 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5925 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5926 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5927 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5928 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5929 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5930 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5931 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 5932 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5933 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 5934 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 5935 // error should be ignored. 5936 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 5937 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 5938 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 5939 // to emit any code for it. 5940 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5941 } else 5942 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5943 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5944 } else 5945 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5946 } 5947 5948 // C99 6.7.4p3 5949 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5950 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5951 // thread storage duration... 5952 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5953 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5954 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5955 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5956 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5957 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5958 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5959 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5960 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5961 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5962 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5963 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5964 } 5965 } 5966 5967 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5968 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5969 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5970 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5971 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5972 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5973 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5974 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5975 << 2 5976 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5977 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5978 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5979 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5980 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5981 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5982 else { 5983 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5984 if (NewTemplate) 5985 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5986 } 5987 } 5988 5989 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5990 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5991 5992 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5993 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 5994 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5995 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5996 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5997 // storage [duration]." 5998 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5999 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6000 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6001 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6002 } 6003 } 6004 6005 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6006 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6007 // check the VarDecl itself. 6008 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6009 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6010 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6011 6012 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6013 // retainable type. 6014 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6015 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6016 6017 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6018 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6019 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6020 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6021 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6022 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6023 switch (SC) { 6024 case SC_None: 6025 case SC_Auto: 6026 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6027 break; 6028 case SC_Register: 6029 // Local Named register 6030 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6031 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6032 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6033 break; 6034 case SC_Static: 6035 case SC_Extern: 6036 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6037 break; 6038 } 6039 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6040 // Global Named register 6041 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6042 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6043 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6044 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6045 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6046 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6047 } 6048 } 6049 6050 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6051 Context, Label, 0)); 6052 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6053 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6054 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6055 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6056 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6057 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6058 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6059 } else 6060 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6061 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6062 } 6063 } 6064 6065 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6066 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6067 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6068 6069 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6070 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6071 // declaration has linkage). 6072 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6073 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6074 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6075 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6076 6077 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6078 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6079 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6080 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6081 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6082 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6083 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6084 6085 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6086 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6087 } else { 6088 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6089 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6090 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6091 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6092 6093 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6094 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6095 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6096 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6097 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6098 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6099 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6100 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6101 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6102 Previous.clear(); 6103 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6104 } 6105 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6106 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6107 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6108 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6109 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6110 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6111 } 6112 6113 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6114 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6115 6116 if (NewTemplate) { 6117 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6118 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6119 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6120 : nullptr; 6121 6122 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6123 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6124 // template declaration. 6125 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6126 TemplateParams, 6127 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6128 : nullptr, 6129 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6130 DC->isDependentContext()) 6131 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6132 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6133 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6134 6135 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6136 // template, make a note of that. 6137 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6138 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6139 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6140 } 6141 } 6142 6143 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6144 6145 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6146 // the map of such variables. 6147 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6148 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6149 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6150 6151 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6152 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6153 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6154 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6155 Context.setManglingNumber( 6156 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6157 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6158 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6159 } 6160 } 6161 6162 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6163 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6164 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6165 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6166 6167 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6168 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6169 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6170 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6171 6172 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6173 // behavior. 6174 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6175 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6176 } 6177 6178 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6179 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6180 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6181 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6182 } 6183 6184 if (NewTemplate) { 6185 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6186 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6187 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6188 return NewTemplate; 6189 } 6190 6191 return NewVD; 6192 } 6193 6194 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6195 /// -Wshadow. 6196 /// 6197 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6198 /// scope. 6199 /// 6200 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6201 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6202 /// 6203 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6204 // Return if warning is ignored. 6205 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6206 return; 6207 6208 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6209 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6210 return; 6211 6212 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6213 6214 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6215 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6216 return; 6217 6218 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6219 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6220 return; 6221 6222 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6223 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6224 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6225 if (MD->isStatic()) 6226 return; 6227 6228 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6229 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6230 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6231 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6232 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6233 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6234 ShadowedDecl = I; 6235 break; 6236 } 6237 } 6238 6239 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6240 6241 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6242 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6243 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6244 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6245 return; 6246 6247 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6248 // static data members from base classes? 6249 6250 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6251 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6252 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6253 } 6254 6255 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6256 unsigned Kind; 6257 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6258 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6259 Kind = 3; // field 6260 else 6261 Kind = 2; // static data member 6262 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6263 Kind = 1; // global 6264 else 6265 Kind = 0; // local 6266 6267 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6268 6269 // Emit warning and note. 6270 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6271 return; 6272 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6273 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6274 } 6275 6276 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6277 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6278 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6279 return; 6280 6281 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6282 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6283 LookupName(R, S); 6284 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6285 } 6286 6287 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6288 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6289 template<typename T> 6290 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6291 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6292 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6293 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6294 6295 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6296 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6297 // declaration. 6298 return false; 6299 } 6300 6301 if (Prev) { 6302 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6303 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6304 // redeclaration. 6305 Previous.clear(); 6306 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6307 return true; 6308 } 6309 6310 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6311 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6312 // declaration. 6313 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6314 return false; 6315 } else { 6316 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6317 // translation unit which might conflict. 6318 if (IsGlobal) { 6319 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6320 IsGlobal = false; 6321 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6322 I != E; ++I) { 6323 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6324 Prev = *I; 6325 break; 6326 } 6327 } 6328 } else { 6329 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6330 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6331 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6332 I != E; ++I) { 6333 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6334 Prev = *I; 6335 break; 6336 } 6337 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6338 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6339 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6340 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6341 // diagnostic. 6342 } 6343 } 6344 6345 if (!Prev) 6346 return false; 6347 } 6348 6349 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6350 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6351 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6352 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6353 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6354 else 6355 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6356 6357 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6358 << IsGlobal << ND; 6359 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6360 << IsGlobal; 6361 return false; 6362 } 6363 6364 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6365 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6366 /// 6367 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6368 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6369 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6370 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6371 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6372 template<typename T> 6373 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6374 LookupResult &Previous) { 6375 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6376 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6377 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6378 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6379 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6380 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6381 Previous.clear(); 6382 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6383 return true; 6384 } 6385 } 6386 return false; 6387 } 6388 6389 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6390 // declaration. 6391 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6392 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6393 6394 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6395 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6396 // in another scope. 6397 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6398 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6399 6400 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6401 return false; 6402 } 6403 6404 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6405 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6406 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6407 return; 6408 6409 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6410 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6411 6412 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6413 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6414 return; 6415 6416 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6417 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6418 6419 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6420 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6421 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6422 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6423 NewVD->setType(T); 6424 } 6425 6426 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6427 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6428 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6429 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6430 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6431 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6432 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6433 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6434 return; 6435 } 6436 6437 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6438 // scope. 6439 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6440 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6441 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6442 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6443 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6444 return; 6445 } 6446 6447 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6448 // __constant address space. 6449 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6450 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6451 // address space. 6452 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6453 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) { 6454 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6455 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6456 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6457 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6458 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6459 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6460 << "global or constant"; 6461 else 6462 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6463 << "constant"; 6464 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6465 return; 6466 } 6467 } else { 6468 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6469 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6470 // address space. 6471 if (NewVD->isStaticLocal() && 6472 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6473 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6474 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6475 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6476 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6477 << "global or constant"; 6478 else 6479 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6480 << "constant"; 6481 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6482 return; 6483 } 6484 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6485 // in functions. 6486 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6487 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6488 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6489 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6490 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6491 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable) 6492 << "constant"; 6493 else 6494 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable) 6495 << "local"; 6496 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6497 return; 6498 } 6499 } 6500 } 6501 } 6502 6503 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6504 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6505 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6506 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6507 else { 6508 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6509 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6510 } 6511 } 6512 6513 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6514 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6515 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6516 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6517 6518 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6519 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6520 bool SizeIsNegative; 6521 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6522 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6523 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6524 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6525 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6526 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6527 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6528 // int a[10][n]; 6529 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6530 6531 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6532 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6533 << SizeRange; 6534 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6535 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6536 << SizeRange; 6537 else 6538 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6539 << SizeRange; 6540 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6541 return; 6542 } 6543 6544 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6545 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6546 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6547 else 6548 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6549 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6550 return; 6551 } 6552 6553 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6554 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6555 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6556 } 6557 6558 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6559 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6560 // of objects and functions. 6561 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6562 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6563 << T; 6564 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6565 return; 6566 } 6567 } 6568 6569 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6570 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6571 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6572 return; 6573 } 6574 6575 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6576 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6577 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6578 return; 6579 } 6580 6581 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6582 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6583 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6584 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6585 return; 6586 } 6587 } 6588 6589 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6590 /// declaration. 6591 /// 6592 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6593 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6594 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6595 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6596 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6597 /// 6598 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6599 /// 6600 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6601 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6602 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6603 6604 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6605 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6606 return false; 6607 6608 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6609 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6610 if (Previous.empty() && 6611 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6612 Previous.setShadowed(); 6613 6614 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6615 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6616 return true; 6617 } 6618 return false; 6619 } 6620 6621 namespace { 6622 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6623 Sema *S; 6624 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6625 6626 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6627 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6628 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6629 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6630 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6631 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6632 6633 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6634 6635 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6636 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6637 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6638 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6639 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6640 6641 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6642 } 6643 6644 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6645 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6646 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6647 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6648 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6649 return true; 6650 } 6651 } 6652 6653 return false; 6654 } 6655 }; 6656 6657 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6658 } // end anonymous namespace 6659 6660 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6661 /// overriden methods. 6662 /// 6663 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6664 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6665 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6666 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6667 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6668 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6669 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6670 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6671 I != E; ++I) { 6672 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6673 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6674 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6675 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6676 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6677 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6678 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6679 } 6680 } 6681 6682 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6683 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6684 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6685 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6686 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6687 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6688 FOM.Method = MD; 6689 FOM.S = this; 6690 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6691 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6692 bool AddedAny = false; 6693 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6694 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6695 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6696 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6697 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6698 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6699 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6700 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6701 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6702 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6703 AddedAny = true; 6704 } 6705 } 6706 } 6707 } 6708 6709 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6710 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6711 } 6712 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6713 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6714 } 6715 6716 return AddedAny; 6717 } 6718 6719 namespace { 6720 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6721 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6722 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6723 Scope *S; 6724 Declarator &D; 6725 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6726 bool AddToScope; 6727 }; 6728 } 6729 6730 namespace { 6731 6732 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6733 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6734 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6735 public: 6736 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6737 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6738 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6739 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6740 6741 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6742 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6743 return false; 6744 6745 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6746 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6747 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6748 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6749 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6750 6751 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6752 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6753 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6754 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6755 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6756 return true; 6757 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6758 return true; 6759 } 6760 } 6761 } 6762 6763 return false; 6764 } 6765 6766 private: 6767 ASTContext &Context; 6768 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6769 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6770 }; 6771 6772 } 6773 6774 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6775 /// 6776 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6777 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6778 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6779 /// the same name. 6780 /// 6781 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6782 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6783 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6784 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6785 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6786 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6787 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6788 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6789 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6790 TypoCorrection Correction; 6791 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6792 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6793 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6794 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6795 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6796 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6797 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6798 6799 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6800 if (IsLocalFriend) 6801 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6802 else 6803 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6804 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6805 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6806 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6807 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6808 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6809 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6810 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6811 if (FD && 6812 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6813 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6814 // involve a parameter 6815 unsigned ParamNum = 6816 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6817 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6818 } 6819 } 6820 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6821 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6822 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6823 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6824 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6825 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6826 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6827 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6828 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6829 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6830 Previous.clear(); 6831 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6832 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6833 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6834 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6835 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6836 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6837 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6838 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6839 } 6840 } 6841 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6842 6843 NamedDecl *Result; 6844 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6845 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6846 { 6847 // Trap errors. 6848 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6849 6850 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6851 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6852 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6853 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6854 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6855 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6856 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6857 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6858 6859 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6860 Result = nullptr; 6861 } 6862 6863 if (Result) { 6864 // Determine which correction we picked. 6865 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6866 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6867 I != E; ++I) 6868 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6869 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6870 6871 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6872 Correction, 6873 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6874 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6875 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6876 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6877 return Result; 6878 } 6879 6880 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6881 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6882 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6883 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6884 Previous.clear(); 6885 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6886 } 6887 6888 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6889 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6890 6891 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6892 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6893 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6894 6895 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6896 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6897 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6898 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6899 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6900 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6901 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6902 6903 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6904 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6905 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6906 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6907 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6908 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6909 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6910 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6911 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6912 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6913 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6914 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6915 } else 6916 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6917 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6918 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6919 } 6920 return nullptr; 6921 } 6922 6923 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6924 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6925 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6926 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6927 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6928 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6929 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6930 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6931 D.setInvalidType(); 6932 break; 6933 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6934 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6935 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6936 return SC_None; 6937 return SC_Extern; 6938 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6939 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6940 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6941 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6942 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6943 // other than extern 6944 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6945 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6946 diag::err_static_block_func); 6947 break; 6948 } else 6949 return SC_Static; 6950 } 6951 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6952 } 6953 6954 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6955 return SC_None; 6956 } 6957 6958 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6959 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6960 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6961 StorageClass SC, 6962 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6963 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6964 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6965 6966 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6967 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6968 6969 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6970 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6971 // prototype. This true when: 6972 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6973 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6974 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6975 bool HasPrototype = 6976 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6977 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6978 6979 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6980 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6981 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6982 HasPrototype, false); 6983 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6984 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6985 6986 return NewFD; 6987 } 6988 6989 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6990 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6991 6992 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6993 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6994 // the class has been completely parsed. 6995 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6996 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6997 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6998 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6999 D.setInvalidType(); 7000 7001 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7002 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7003 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7004 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7005 7006 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7007 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7008 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7009 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7010 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7011 isConstexpr); 7012 7013 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7014 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7015 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7016 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7017 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7018 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7019 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7020 D.getLocStart(), 7021 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7022 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7023 7024 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7025 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7026 // it yet. 7027 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7028 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7029 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7030 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7031 } 7032 7033 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7034 return NewDD; 7035 7036 } else { 7037 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7038 D.setInvalidType(); 7039 7040 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7041 // code path. 7042 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7043 D.getLocStart(), 7044 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7045 SC, isInline, 7046 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7047 } 7048 7049 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7050 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7051 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7052 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7053 return nullptr; 7054 } 7055 7056 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7057 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7058 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7059 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7060 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7061 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7062 7063 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7064 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7065 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7066 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7067 // constructor if it has no return type). 7068 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7069 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7070 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7071 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7072 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7073 return nullptr; 7074 } 7075 7076 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7077 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7078 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7079 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7080 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7081 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7082 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7083 return Ret; 7084 } else { 7085 bool isFriend = 7086 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7087 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7088 return nullptr; 7089 7090 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7091 // prototype. This true when: 7092 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7093 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7094 D.getLocStart(), 7095 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7096 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7097 } 7098 } 7099 7100 enum OpenCLParamType { 7101 ValidKernelParam, 7102 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7103 PtrKernelParam, 7104 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7105 InvalidKernelParam, 7106 RecordKernelParam 7107 }; 7108 7109 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7110 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7111 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7112 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7113 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7114 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7115 : PtrKernelParam; 7116 } 7117 7118 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7119 // be used as builtin types. 7120 7121 if (PT->isImageType()) 7122 return PtrKernelParam; 7123 7124 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7125 return InvalidKernelParam; 7126 7127 if (PT->isEventT()) 7128 return InvalidKernelParam; 7129 7130 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7131 return InvalidKernelParam; 7132 7133 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7134 return RecordKernelParam; 7135 7136 return ValidKernelParam; 7137 } 7138 7139 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7140 Sema &S, 7141 Declarator &D, 7142 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7143 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7144 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7145 7146 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7147 // used again 7148 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7149 return; 7150 7151 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7152 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7153 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7154 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7155 // pointer to a pointer type. 7156 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7157 D.setInvalidType(); 7158 return; 7159 7160 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7161 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7162 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7163 // pointer to the private address space. 7164 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7165 D.setInvalidType(); 7166 return; 7167 7168 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7169 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7170 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7171 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7172 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7173 7174 case InvalidKernelParam: 7175 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7176 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7177 // of event_t type. 7178 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7179 D.setInvalidType(); 7180 return; 7181 7182 case PtrKernelParam: 7183 case ValidKernelParam: 7184 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7185 return; 7186 7187 case RecordKernelParam: 7188 break; 7189 } 7190 7191 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7192 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7193 7194 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7195 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7196 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7197 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7198 7199 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7200 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7201 7202 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7203 7204 do { 7205 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7206 if (!Next) { 7207 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7208 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7209 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7210 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7211 7212 continue; 7213 } 7214 7215 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7216 // field itself) to the history stack. 7217 const RecordDecl *RD; 7218 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7219 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7220 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7221 } else { 7222 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7223 } 7224 7225 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7226 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7227 7228 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7229 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7230 7231 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7232 continue; 7233 7234 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7235 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7236 continue; 7237 7238 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7239 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7240 continue; 7241 } 7242 7243 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7244 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7245 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7246 // union. 7247 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7248 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7249 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7250 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7251 << PT->isUnionType() 7252 << PT; 7253 } else { 7254 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7255 } 7256 7257 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7258 << PD->getDeclName(); 7259 7260 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7261 // the offending field came from 7262 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7263 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7264 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7265 I != E; ++I) { 7266 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7267 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7268 << OuterField->getType(); 7269 } 7270 7271 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7272 << QT->isPointerType() 7273 << QT; 7274 D.setInvalidType(); 7275 return; 7276 } 7277 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7278 } 7279 7280 NamedDecl* 7281 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7282 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7283 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7284 bool &AddToScope) { 7285 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7286 7287 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7288 7289 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7290 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7291 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7292 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7293 7294 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7295 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7296 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7297 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7298 7299 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7300 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7301 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7302 7303 bool isFriend = false; 7304 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7305 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7306 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7307 7308 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7309 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7310 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7311 7312 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7313 7314 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7315 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7316 7317 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7318 isVirtualOkay); 7319 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7320 7321 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7322 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7323 7324 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7325 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7326 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7327 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7328 7329 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7330 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7331 7332 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7333 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7334 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7335 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7336 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7337 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7338 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7339 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7340 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7341 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7342 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7343 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7344 } 7345 7346 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7347 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7348 // return true). 7349 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7350 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7351 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7352 NewFD->setPure(true); 7353 7354 // C++ [class.union]p2 7355 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7356 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7357 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7358 } 7359 7360 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7361 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7362 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7363 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7364 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7365 7366 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7367 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7368 bool Invalid = false; 7369 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7370 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7371 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7372 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7373 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7374 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7375 : nullptr, 7376 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7377 Invalid)) { 7378 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7379 // This is a function template 7380 7381 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7382 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7383 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7384 7385 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7386 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7387 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7388 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7389 } 7390 7391 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7392 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7393 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7394 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7395 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7396 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7397 Invalid = true; 7398 } 7399 7400 7401 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7402 NewFD->getLocation(), 7403 Name, TemplateParams, 7404 NewFD); 7405 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7406 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7407 7408 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7409 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7410 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7411 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7412 } 7413 } else { 7414 // This is a function template specialization. 7415 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7416 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7417 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7418 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7419 7420 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7421 if (isFriend) { 7422 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7423 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7424 7425 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7426 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7427 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7428 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7429 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7430 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7431 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7432 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7433 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7434 } 7435 7436 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7437 << Name << RemoveRange 7438 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7439 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7440 } 7441 } 7442 } 7443 else { 7444 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7445 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7446 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7447 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7448 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7449 } 7450 7451 if (Invalid) { 7452 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7453 if (FunctionTemplate) 7454 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7455 } 7456 7457 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7458 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7459 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7460 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7461 // 7462 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7463 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7464 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7465 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7466 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7467 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7468 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7469 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7470 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7471 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7472 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7473 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7474 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7475 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7476 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7477 } else { 7478 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7479 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7480 } 7481 7482 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7483 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7484 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7485 } 7486 7487 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7488 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7489 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7490 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7491 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7492 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7493 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7494 // thing to do. 7495 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7496 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7497 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7498 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7499 QualType Result = 7500 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7501 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7502 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7503 } 7504 7505 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7506 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7507 // declaration. 7508 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7509 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7510 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7511 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7512 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7513 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7514 } 7515 } 7516 7517 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7518 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7519 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7520 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7521 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7522 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7523 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7524 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7525 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7526 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7527 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7528 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7529 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7530 // or conversion function. 7531 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7532 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7533 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7534 } 7535 } 7536 7537 if (isConstexpr) { 7538 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7539 // are implicitly inline. 7540 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7541 7542 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7543 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7544 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7545 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7546 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7547 } 7548 7549 if (isConcept) { 7550 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7551 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7552 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7553 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7554 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7555 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7556 } 7557 7558 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7559 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7560 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7561 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7562 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7563 SourceRange Range; 7564 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7565 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7566 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7567 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7568 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7569 } else { 7570 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7571 } 7572 } 7573 7574 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7575 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7576 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7577 7578 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7579 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7580 // specifiers, [...] 7581 if (isInline) { 7582 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7583 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7584 << 1 << 1; 7585 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7586 } 7587 7588 if (isFriend) { 7589 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7590 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7591 << 1 << 2; 7592 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7593 } 7594 7595 if (isConstexpr) { 7596 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7597 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7598 << 1 << 3; 7599 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7600 } 7601 } 7602 7603 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7604 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7605 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7606 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7607 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7608 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7609 << 0 7610 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7611 } else { 7612 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7613 if (FunctionTemplate) 7614 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7615 } 7616 } 7617 7618 if (isFriend) { 7619 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7620 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7621 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7622 } 7623 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7624 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7625 } 7626 7627 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7628 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7629 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7630 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7631 case FDK_Declaration: 7632 case FDK_Definition: 7633 break; 7634 7635 case FDK_Defaulted: 7636 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7637 break; 7638 7639 case FDK_Deleted: 7640 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7641 break; 7642 } 7643 7644 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7645 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7646 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7647 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7648 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7649 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7650 } 7651 7652 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7653 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7654 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7655 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7656 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7657 // the class. 7658 7659 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7660 // member function definition. 7661 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7662 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7663 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7664 } 7665 7666 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7667 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7668 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7669 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7670 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7671 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7672 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7673 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7674 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7675 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7676 } 7677 7678 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7679 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7680 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7681 isExplicitSpecialization || 7682 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7683 7684 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7685 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7686 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7687 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7688 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7689 SE->getString(), 0)); 7690 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7691 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7692 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7693 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7694 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7695 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7696 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7697 } else 7698 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7699 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7700 } 7701 } 7702 7703 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7704 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7705 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7706 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7707 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7708 7709 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7710 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7711 // single void argument. 7712 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7713 // already checks for that case. 7714 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7715 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7716 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7717 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7718 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7719 Params.push_back(Param); 7720 7721 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7722 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7723 } 7724 } 7725 7726 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7727 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7728 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7729 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7730 // 7731 // @code 7732 // typedef void fn(int); 7733 // fn f; 7734 // @endcode 7735 7736 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7737 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7738 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7739 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7740 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7741 Params.push_back(Param); 7742 } 7743 } else { 7744 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7745 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7746 } 7747 7748 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7749 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7750 7751 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7752 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7753 // 7754 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7755 // 7756 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7757 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7758 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7759 7760 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7761 NewFD->addAttr( 7762 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7763 Context, 0)); 7764 7765 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7766 // because all functions have linkage. 7767 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7768 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7769 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7770 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7771 } 7772 7773 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7774 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7775 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7776 NewFD->addAttr( 7777 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7778 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7779 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7780 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7781 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7782 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7783 NewFD)) 7784 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7785 } 7786 7787 // Handle attributes. 7788 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7789 7790 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7791 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7792 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7793 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7794 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7795 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7796 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7797 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7798 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7799 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7800 } 7801 } 7802 7803 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7804 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7805 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7806 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7807 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7808 7809 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7810 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7811 7812 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7813 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7814 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7815 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7816 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7817 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7818 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7819 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7820 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7821 7822 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7823 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7824 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7825 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7826 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7827 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7828 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7829 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7830 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7831 int DiagID = 7832 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7833 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7834 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7835 } 7836 } 7837 } else { 7838 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7839 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7840 // 7841 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7842 // 7843 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7844 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7845 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7846 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7847 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7848 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7849 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7850 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7851 7852 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7853 // argument list into our AST format. 7854 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7855 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7856 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7857 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7858 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7859 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7860 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7861 TemplateArgs); 7862 7863 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7864 7865 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7866 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7867 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7868 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7869 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7870 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7871 7872 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7873 } else { 7874 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7875 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7876 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7877 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7878 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7879 } 7880 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7881 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7882 // wrote something like: 7883 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7884 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7885 // friend void foo<>(int); 7886 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7887 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7888 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7889 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7890 } 7891 7892 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7893 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7894 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7895 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7896 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7897 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7898 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7899 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7900 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7901 InstantiationDependent))) { 7902 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7903 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7904 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7905 Previous)) 7906 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7907 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7908 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7909 && !isFriend) { 7910 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7911 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7912 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7913 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7914 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7915 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7916 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7917 : nullptr), 7918 Previous)) 7919 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7920 7921 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7922 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7923 // specialization (14.7.3) 7924 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7925 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7926 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7927 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7928 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7929 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7930 << SC 7931 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7932 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7933 7934 else 7935 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7936 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7937 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7938 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7939 } 7940 7941 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7942 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7943 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7944 } 7945 7946 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7947 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7948 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7949 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7950 7951 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7952 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7953 7954 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7955 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7956 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7957 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7958 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7959 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7960 } 7961 7962 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7963 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7964 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7965 7966 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7967 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7968 : NewFD); 7969 7970 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7971 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7972 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7973 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7974 7975 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7976 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7977 } 7978 7979 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7980 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7981 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7982 7983 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7984 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7985 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7986 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7987 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7988 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7989 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7990 : nullptr, 7991 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7992 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7993 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7994 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7995 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7996 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7997 DC->isDependentContext()) 7998 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7999 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8000 } 8001 8002 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8003 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8004 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8005 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8006 AddToScope }; 8007 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8008 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8009 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8010 8011 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8012 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8013 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8014 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8015 8016 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8017 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8018 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8019 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8020 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8021 // can actually do this check immediately. 8022 if (isFriend && 8023 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8024 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8025 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8026 // ignore these 8027 } else { 8028 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8029 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8030 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8031 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8032 // 8033 // class X { 8034 // void f() const; 8035 // }; 8036 // 8037 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8038 // 8039 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8040 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8041 // whether the parameter types are references). 8042 8043 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8044 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8045 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8046 return Result; 8047 } 8048 } 8049 8050 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8051 // to something. 8052 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8053 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8054 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8055 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8056 return Result; 8057 } 8058 } 8059 8060 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8061 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8062 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8063 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8064 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8065 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8066 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8067 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8068 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8069 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8070 // generate them. 8071 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8072 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8073 } 8074 } 8075 8076 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8077 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8078 8079 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8080 8081 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8082 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8083 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8084 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8085 << NewFD; 8086 8087 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8088 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8089 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8090 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8091 EPI.Variadic = true; 8092 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8093 8094 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8095 NewFD->setType(R); 8096 } 8097 8098 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8099 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8100 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8101 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8102 8103 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8104 // marking the function. 8105 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8106 8107 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8108 // a pragma. 8109 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8110 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8111 8112 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8113 // the map of such variables. 8114 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8115 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8116 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8117 8118 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8119 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8120 8121 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8122 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8123 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8124 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8125 } 8126 8127 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8128 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8129 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8130 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8131 return FunctionTemplate; 8132 } 8133 } 8134 8135 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8136 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8137 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8138 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8139 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8140 D.setInvalidType(); 8141 } 8142 8143 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8144 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8145 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8146 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8147 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8148 : FixItHint()); 8149 D.setInvalidType(); 8150 } 8151 8152 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8153 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8154 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8155 } 8156 8157 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8158 8159 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8160 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 8161 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8162 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8163 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 8164 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8165 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8166 8167 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8168 } 8169 } 8170 8171 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8172 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8173 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8174 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8175 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8176 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8177 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8178 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8179 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8180 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8181 AddToScope = false; 8182 } 8183 8184 return NewFD; 8185 } 8186 8187 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8188 /// 8189 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8190 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8191 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8192 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8193 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8194 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8195 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8196 /// 8197 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8198 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8199 /// 8200 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8201 /// 8202 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8203 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8204 LookupResult &Previous, 8205 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8206 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8207 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8208 8209 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8210 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8211 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8212 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8213 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8214 8215 bool Redeclaration = false; 8216 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8217 8218 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8219 // the same name, if appropriate. 8220 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8221 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8222 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8223 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8224 // function to the scope. 8225 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8226 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8227 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8228 Redeclaration = true; 8229 OldDecl = Candidate; 8230 } 8231 } else { 8232 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8233 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8234 case Ovl_Match: 8235 Redeclaration = true; 8236 break; 8237 8238 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8239 Redeclaration = true; 8240 break; 8241 8242 case Ovl_Overload: 8243 Redeclaration = false; 8244 break; 8245 } 8246 8247 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8248 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8249 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8250 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8251 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8252 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8253 if (Redeclaration) 8254 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8255 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8256 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8257 if (OverloadedDecl) 8258 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8259 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8260 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8261 } 8262 } 8263 } 8264 8265 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8266 if (!Redeclaration && 8267 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8268 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8269 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8270 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8271 Redeclaration = true; 8272 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8273 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8274 8275 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8276 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8277 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8278 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8279 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8280 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8281 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8282 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8283 } 8284 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8285 Redeclaration = false; 8286 OldDecl = nullptr; 8287 } 8288 } 8289 } 8290 } 8291 8292 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8293 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8294 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8295 // 8296 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8297 // definition of a static member function. 8298 // 8299 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8300 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8301 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8302 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8303 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8304 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8305 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8306 if (OldDecl) 8307 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8308 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8309 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8310 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8311 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8312 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8313 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8314 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8315 8316 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8317 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8318 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8319 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8320 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8321 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8322 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8323 8324 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8325 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8326 } 8327 } 8328 } 8329 8330 if (Redeclaration) { 8331 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8332 // merged. 8333 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8334 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8335 return Redeclaration; 8336 } 8337 8338 Previous.clear(); 8339 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8340 8341 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8342 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8343 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8344 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8345 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8346 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8347 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8348 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8349 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8350 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8351 } 8352 8353 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8354 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8355 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8356 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8357 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8358 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8359 } 8360 8361 } else { 8362 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8363 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8364 8365 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8366 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8367 } 8368 } 8369 8370 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8371 8372 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8373 // C++-specific checks. 8374 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8375 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8376 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8377 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8378 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8379 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8380 8381 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8382 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8383 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8384 DeclarationName Name 8385 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8386 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8387 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8388 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8389 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8390 return Redeclaration; 8391 } 8392 } 8393 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8394 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8395 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8396 } 8397 8398 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8399 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8400 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8401 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8402 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8403 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8404 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8405 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8406 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8407 } 8408 } 8409 } 8410 8411 if (Method->isStatic()) 8412 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8413 } 8414 8415 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8416 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8417 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8418 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8419 return Redeclaration; 8420 } 8421 8422 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8423 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8424 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8425 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8426 return Redeclaration; 8427 } 8428 8429 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8430 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8431 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8432 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8433 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8434 8435 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8436 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8437 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8438 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8439 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8440 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8441 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8442 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8443 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8444 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8445 } 8446 } 8447 8448 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8449 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8450 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8451 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8452 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8453 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8454 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8455 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8456 << NewFD << R; 8457 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8458 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8459 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8460 } 8461 } 8462 return Redeclaration; 8463 } 8464 8465 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8466 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8467 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8468 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8469 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8470 // appear in a declaration of main. 8471 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8472 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8473 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8474 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8475 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8476 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8477 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8478 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8479 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8480 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8481 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8482 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8483 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8484 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8485 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8486 } 8487 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8488 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8489 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8490 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8491 } 8492 8493 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8494 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8495 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8496 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8497 return; 8498 } 8499 8500 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8501 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8502 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8503 8504 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8505 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8506 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8507 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8508 8509 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8510 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8511 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8512 else { 8513 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8514 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8515 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8516 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8517 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8518 } 8519 } else { 8520 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8521 // set the flag which tells us that. 8522 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8523 8524 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8525 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8526 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8527 else { 8528 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8529 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8530 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8531 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8532 : FixItHint()); 8533 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8534 } 8535 } 8536 8537 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8538 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8539 8540 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8541 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8542 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8543 8544 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8545 8546 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8547 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8548 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8549 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8550 } 8551 8552 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8553 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8554 // getting shifty. 8555 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8556 HasExtraParameters = false; 8557 8558 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8559 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8560 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8561 nparams = 3; 8562 } 8563 8564 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8565 // if we had some location information about types. 8566 8567 QualType CharPP = 8568 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8569 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8570 8571 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8572 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8573 8574 bool mismatch = true; 8575 8576 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8577 mismatch = false; 8578 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8579 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8580 // char const ** 8581 // char const * const * 8582 // char * const * 8583 8584 QualifierCollector qs; 8585 const PointerType* PT; 8586 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8587 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8588 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8589 Context.CharTy)) { 8590 qs.removeConst(); 8591 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8592 } 8593 } 8594 8595 if (mismatch) { 8596 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8597 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8598 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8599 } 8600 } 8601 8602 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8603 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8604 } 8605 8606 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8607 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8608 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8609 } 8610 } 8611 8612 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8613 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8614 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8615 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8616 8617 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8618 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8619 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8620 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8621 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8622 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8623 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8624 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8625 8626 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8627 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8628 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8629 } 8630 } 8631 8632 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8633 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8634 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8635 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8636 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8637 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8638 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8639 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8640 // rules there don't matter.) 8641 const Expr *Culprit; 8642 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8643 return false; 8644 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8645 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8646 return true; 8647 } 8648 8649 namespace { 8650 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8651 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8652 class SelfReferenceChecker 8653 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8654 Sema &S; 8655 Decl *OrigDecl; 8656 bool isRecordType; 8657 bool isPODType; 8658 bool isReferenceType; 8659 8660 bool isInitList; 8661 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8662 public: 8663 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8664 8665 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8666 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8667 isPODType = false; 8668 isRecordType = false; 8669 isReferenceType = false; 8670 isInitList = false; 8671 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8672 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8673 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8674 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8675 } 8676 } 8677 8678 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8679 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8680 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8681 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8682 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8683 if (!InitList) { 8684 Visit(E); 8685 return; 8686 } 8687 8688 // Track and increment the index here. 8689 isInitList = true; 8690 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8691 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8692 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8693 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8694 } 8695 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8696 } 8697 8698 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8699 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8700 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8701 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8702 Expr *Base = E; 8703 bool ReferenceField = false; 8704 8705 // Get the field memebers used. 8706 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8707 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8708 if (!FD) 8709 return false; 8710 Fields.push_back(FD); 8711 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8712 ReferenceField = true; 8713 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8714 } 8715 8716 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8717 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8718 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8719 return false; 8720 8721 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8722 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8723 return true; 8724 8725 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8726 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8727 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 8728 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 8729 8730 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8731 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8732 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8733 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8734 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8735 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8736 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8737 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8738 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8739 return true; 8740 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8741 break; 8742 } 8743 8744 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8745 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8746 return true; 8747 } 8748 8749 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8750 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8751 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8752 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8753 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8754 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8755 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8756 return; 8757 } 8758 8759 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8760 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8761 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8762 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8763 return; 8764 } 8765 8766 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8767 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8768 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8769 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8770 return; 8771 } 8772 8773 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8774 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8775 return; 8776 } 8777 8778 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8779 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8780 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8781 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8782 return; 8783 } 8784 } 8785 8786 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8787 if (isInitList) { 8788 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8789 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8790 return; 8791 } 8792 8793 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8794 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8795 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8796 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8797 return; 8798 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8799 } 8800 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8801 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8802 return; 8803 } 8804 8805 Visit(E); 8806 } 8807 8808 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8809 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8810 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8811 if (isReferenceType) 8812 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8813 } 8814 8815 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8816 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8817 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8818 return; 8819 } 8820 8821 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8822 } 8823 8824 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8825 if (isInitList) { 8826 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8827 return; 8828 } 8829 8830 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8831 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8832 8833 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8834 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8835 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8836 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8837 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8838 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8839 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8840 Warn = false; 8841 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8842 } 8843 8844 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8845 if (Warn) 8846 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8847 return; 8848 } 8849 8850 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8851 // Visit that expression. 8852 Visit(Base); 8853 } 8854 8855 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8856 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8857 8858 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8859 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8860 8861 Visit(Callee); 8862 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8863 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8864 } 8865 8866 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8867 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8868 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8869 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8870 if (!isPODType) 8871 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8872 return; 8873 } 8874 8875 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8876 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8877 return; 8878 } 8879 8880 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8881 } 8882 8883 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8884 8885 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8886 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8887 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8888 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8889 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8890 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8891 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8892 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8893 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8894 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8895 return; 8896 } 8897 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8898 } 8899 8900 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8901 // Treat std::move as a use. 8902 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8903 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8904 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8905 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8906 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8907 return; 8908 } 8909 } 8910 } 8911 8912 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8913 } 8914 8915 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8916 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8917 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8918 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8919 return; 8920 } 8921 8922 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8923 } 8924 8925 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8926 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8927 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8928 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8929 Visit(E->getCond()); 8930 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8931 } 8932 8933 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8934 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8935 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8936 unsigned diag; 8937 if (isReferenceType) { 8938 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8939 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8940 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8941 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8942 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8943 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 8944 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8945 } else { 8946 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 8947 return; 8948 } 8949 8950 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8951 S.PDiag(diag) 8952 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8953 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8954 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8955 } 8956 }; 8957 8958 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8959 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8960 bool DirectInit) { 8961 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8962 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8963 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8964 return; 8965 8966 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8967 8968 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8969 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8970 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8971 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8972 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8973 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8974 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8975 return; 8976 8977 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8978 } 8979 } 8980 8981 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8982 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8983 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8984 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8985 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8986 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8987 // the initializer. 8988 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8989 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 8990 return; 8991 } 8992 8993 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8994 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 8995 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8996 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8997 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8998 return; 8999 } 9000 9001 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9002 if (!VDecl) { 9003 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9004 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9005 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9006 return; 9007 } 9008 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9009 9010 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9011 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9012 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9013 // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a 9014 // TypoExpr. 9015 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9016 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9017 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9018 return; 9019 } 9020 9021 if (Res.get() != Init) { 9022 Init = Res.get(); 9023 if (CXXDirectInit) 9024 CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9025 } 9026 9027 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 9028 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 9029 // contains exactly one expression. 9030 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9031 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 9032 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9033 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9034 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 9035 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9036 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9037 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 9038 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 9039 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9040 return; 9041 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 9042 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 9043 VDecl->isInitCapture() 9044 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9045 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9046 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 9047 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 9048 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9049 return; 9050 } else { 9051 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 9052 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 9053 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 9054 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9055 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 9056 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 9057 } 9058 } 9059 9060 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9061 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 9062 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9063 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9064 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9065 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9066 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9067 return; 9068 } 9069 Init = Result.get(); 9070 DefaultedToAuto = true; 9071 } 9072 9073 QualType DeducedType; 9074 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 9075 DAR_Failed) 9076 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9077 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9078 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9079 return; 9080 } 9081 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9082 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9083 9084 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9085 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9086 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9087 9088 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9089 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 9090 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9091 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9092 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 9093 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9094 SourceLocation Loc = 9095 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9096 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 9097 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9098 } 9099 9100 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9101 // the previously declared type. 9102 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9103 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9104 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9105 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 9106 } 9107 9108 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9109 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9110 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9111 return; 9112 9113 // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when 9114 // we implement N3922. 9115 if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 9116 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), 9117 diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init) 9118 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "="); 9119 } 9120 } 9121 9122 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9123 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9124 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9125 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9126 return; 9127 } 9128 9129 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9130 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9131 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9132 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9133 return; 9134 } 9135 9136 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9137 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9138 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9139 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9140 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9141 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9142 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9143 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9144 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9145 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9146 return; 9147 } 9148 9149 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9150 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9151 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9152 AbstractVariableType)) 9153 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9154 } 9155 9156 VarDecl *Def; 9157 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9158 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9159 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9160 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9161 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9162 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9163 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9164 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9165 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9166 } else { 9167 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9168 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9169 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9170 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9171 return; 9172 } 9173 } 9174 9175 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9176 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9177 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9178 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9179 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9180 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9181 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9182 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9183 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9184 // 9185 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9186 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9187 // declaration with an initializer. 9188 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9189 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9190 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9191 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9192 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9193 << 0; 9194 return; 9195 } 9196 9197 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9198 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9199 9200 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9201 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9202 return; 9203 } 9204 } 9205 9206 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9207 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9208 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9209 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9210 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9211 return; 9212 } 9213 9214 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9215 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9216 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9217 9218 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9219 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9220 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9221 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9222 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9223 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9224 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9225 return; 9226 } 9227 Init = Result.get(); 9228 } 9229 9230 // Perform the initialization. 9231 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9232 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9233 InitializationKind Kind 9234 = DirectInit ? 9235 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9236 Init->getLocStart(), 9237 Init->getLocEnd()) 9238 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 9239 VDecl->getLocation()) 9240 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9241 Init->getLocStart()); 9242 9243 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9244 if (CXXDirectInit) 9245 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9246 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9247 9248 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9249 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9250 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9251 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9252 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9253 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9254 }); 9255 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9256 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9257 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9258 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9259 } 9260 } 9261 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9262 return; 9263 9264 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9265 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9266 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9267 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9268 return; 9269 } 9270 9271 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9272 } 9273 9274 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9275 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9276 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9277 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9278 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9279 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9280 } 9281 9282 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9283 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9284 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9285 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9286 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9287 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9288 9289 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9290 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9291 9292 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9293 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9294 9295 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9296 // Although this code can still have problems: 9297 // id x = self.weakProp; 9298 // id y = self.weakProp; 9299 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9300 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9301 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9302 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9303 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9304 Init->getLocStart())) 9305 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9306 } 9307 9308 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9309 // 9310 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9311 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9312 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9313 // 9314 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9315 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9316 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9317 // 9318 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9319 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9320 false, 9321 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9322 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9323 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9324 return; 9325 } 9326 Init = Result.get(); 9327 9328 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9329 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9330 9331 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9332 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9333 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9334 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9335 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9336 const Expr *Culprit; 9337 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9338 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9339 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9340 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9341 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9342 // constant expressions. 9343 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9344 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9345 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9346 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9347 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9348 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9349 } 9350 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9351 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9352 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9353 // 9354 // struct S { 9355 // static const int value = 17; 9356 // }; 9357 9358 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9359 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9360 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9361 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9362 // 9363 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9364 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9365 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9366 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9367 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9368 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9369 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9370 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9371 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9372 9373 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9374 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9375 9376 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9377 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9378 // type. 9379 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9380 9381 // Require constness. 9382 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9383 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9384 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9385 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9386 9387 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9388 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9389 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9390 SourceLocation Loc; 9391 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9392 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9393 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9394 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9395 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9396 ; // Nothing to check. 9397 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9398 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9399 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9400 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9401 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9402 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9403 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9404 } else { 9405 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9406 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9407 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9408 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9409 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9410 } 9411 9412 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9413 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9414 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9415 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9416 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9417 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9418 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9419 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9420 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9421 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9422 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9423 } else { 9424 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9425 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9426 9427 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9428 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9429 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9430 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9431 } 9432 } 9433 9434 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9435 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9436 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9437 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9438 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9439 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9440 9441 } else { 9442 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9443 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9444 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9445 } 9446 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9447 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9448 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9449 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9450 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9451 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9452 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9453 9454 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9455 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9456 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9457 } 9458 9459 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9460 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9461 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9462 // 9463 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9464 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9465 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9466 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9467 // special case code. 9468 9469 // C++ 8.5p11: 9470 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9471 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9472 // class type. 9473 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9474 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9475 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9476 } else if (DirectInit) { 9477 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9478 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9479 } 9480 9481 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9482 } 9483 9484 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9485 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9486 /// of sanity. 9487 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9488 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9489 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9490 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9491 9492 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9493 if (!VD) return; 9494 9495 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9496 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9497 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9498 return; 9499 } 9500 9501 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9502 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9503 9504 // Require a complete type. 9505 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9506 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9507 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9508 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9509 return; 9510 } 9511 9512 // Require a non-abstract type. 9513 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9514 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9515 AbstractVariableType)) { 9516 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9517 return; 9518 } 9519 9520 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9521 // though. 9522 } 9523 9524 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9525 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9526 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9527 if (!RealDecl) 9528 return; 9529 9530 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9531 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9532 9533 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9534 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9535 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9536 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9537 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9538 return; 9539 } 9540 9541 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9542 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9543 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9544 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9545 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9546 // member. 9547 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9548 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9549 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9550 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9551 << Var->getDeclName(); 9552 else 9553 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9554 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9555 return; 9556 } 9557 9558 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9559 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9560 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9561 if (Var->isConcept()) { 9562 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9563 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9564 return; 9565 } 9566 9567 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9568 // be initialized. 9569 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9570 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9571 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9572 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9573 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9574 return; 9575 } 9576 9577 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9578 case VarDecl::Definition: 9579 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9580 break; 9581 9582 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9583 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9584 // a declaration. 9585 // 9586 // Fall through 9587 9588 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9589 // It's only a declaration. 9590 9591 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9592 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9593 // object shall be complete. 9594 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9595 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9596 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9597 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9598 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9599 9600 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9601 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9602 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9603 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9604 AbstractVariableType)) 9605 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9606 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9607 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9608 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9609 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9610 } 9611 9612 return; 9613 9614 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9615 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9616 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9617 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9618 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9619 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9620 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9621 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9622 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9623 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9624 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9625 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9626 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9627 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9628 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9629 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9630 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9631 // NOTE: code such as the following 9632 // static struct s; 9633 // struct s { int a; }; 9634 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9635 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9636 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9637 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9638 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9639 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9640 } 9641 } 9642 9643 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9644 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9645 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9646 return; 9647 } 9648 9649 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9650 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9651 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9652 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9653 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9654 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9655 return; 9656 } 9657 9658 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9659 // definitions with reference type. 9660 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9661 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9662 << Var->getDeclName() 9663 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9664 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9665 return; 9666 } 9667 9668 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9669 // variable with dependent type. 9670 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9671 return; 9672 9673 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9674 return; 9675 9676 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9677 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9678 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9679 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9680 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9681 return; 9682 } 9683 } else { 9684 return; 9685 } 9686 9687 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9688 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9689 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9690 AbstractVariableType)) { 9691 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9692 return; 9693 } 9694 9695 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9696 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9697 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9698 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9699 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9700 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9701 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9702 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9703 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9704 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9705 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9706 if (const RecordType *Record 9707 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9708 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9709 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9710 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9711 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9712 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9713 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9714 } 9715 } 9716 9717 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9718 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9719 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9720 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9721 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9722 // type shall have a user-declared default 9723 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9724 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9725 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9726 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9727 // program is ill-formed. 9728 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9729 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9730 // default-initialized; [...]. 9731 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9732 InitializationKind Kind 9733 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9734 9735 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9736 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9737 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9738 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9739 else if (Init.get()) { 9740 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9741 // This is important for template substitution. 9742 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9743 } 9744 9745 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9746 } 9747 } 9748 9749 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9750 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9751 if (!VD) { 9752 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9753 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9754 return; 9755 } 9756 9757 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9758 9759 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9760 int Error = -1; 9761 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9762 case SC_None: 9763 break; 9764 case SC_Extern: 9765 Error = 0; 9766 break; 9767 case SC_Static: 9768 Error = 1; 9769 break; 9770 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9771 Error = 2; 9772 break; 9773 case SC_Auto: 9774 Error = 3; 9775 break; 9776 case SC_Register: 9777 Error = 4; 9778 break; 9779 } 9780 if (Error != -1) { 9781 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9782 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9783 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9784 } 9785 } 9786 9787 StmtResult 9788 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9789 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9790 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9791 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9792 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9793 // A range-based for statement of the form 9794 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9795 // is equivalent to 9796 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9797 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9798 9799 const char *PrevSpec; 9800 unsigned DiagID; 9801 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9802 getPrintingPolicy()); 9803 9804 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9805 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9806 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9807 9808 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9809 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9810 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9811 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9812 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9813 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9814 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9815 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9816 } 9817 9818 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9819 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9820 9821 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9822 // local retaining variable. 9823 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 9824 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9825 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9826 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9827 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9828 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9829 break; 9830 9831 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9832 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9833 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9834 break; 9835 } 9836 } 9837 9838 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9839 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9840 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9841 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9842 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9843 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9844 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9845 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9846 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9847 var->getLocation())) { 9848 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9849 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9850 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9851 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9852 9853 if (!prev) 9854 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9855 } 9856 9857 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9858 const Expr *Culprit; 9859 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9860 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9861 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9862 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9863 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9864 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9865 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9866 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9867 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9868 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9869 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9870 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9871 // initialization. 9872 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9873 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9874 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9875 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9876 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9877 } 9878 9879 } 9880 9881 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 9882 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 9883 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9884 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9885 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9886 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9887 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9888 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9889 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9890 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9891 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9892 } else { 9893 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9894 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9895 } 9896 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9897 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9898 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9899 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9900 } 9901 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9902 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9903 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9904 9905 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9906 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9907 // attribute. 9908 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9909 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9910 CurInitSegLoc)); 9911 } 9912 9913 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9914 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9915 9916 QualType type = var->getType(); 9917 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9918 9919 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9920 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9921 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9922 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9923 9924 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9925 // constructing this copy. 9926 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9927 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9928 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9929 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9930 ExprResult result 9931 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9932 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9933 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9934 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9935 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9936 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9937 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9938 } 9939 } 9940 } 9941 9942 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9943 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9944 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9945 9946 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9947 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9948 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9949 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9950 var->getLocation())) { 9951 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9952 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9953 // warned about them. 9954 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9955 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9956 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9957 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9958 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9959 } 9960 9961 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9962 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9963 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9964 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9965 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9966 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9967 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9968 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9969 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9970 Notes.clear(); 9971 } 9972 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9973 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9974 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9975 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9976 } 9977 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9978 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9979 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9980 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9981 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9982 } 9983 } 9984 9985 // Require the destructor. 9986 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9987 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9988 } 9989 9990 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 9991 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 9992 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 9993 return true; 9994 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 9995 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 9996 return true; 9997 return false; 9998 } 9999 10000 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10001 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10002 void 10003 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10004 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10005 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10006 10007 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10008 if (!VD) 10009 return; 10010 10011 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10012 10013 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10014 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10015 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10016 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10017 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10018 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10019 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10020 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10021 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10022 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10023 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10024 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10025 } 10026 } 10027 } 10028 10029 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10030 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10031 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10032 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10033 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10034 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10035 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10036 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10037 } 10038 } 10039 } 10040 10041 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10042 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10043 10044 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10045 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10046 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10047 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10048 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10049 // with a warning. 10050 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10051 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10052 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10053 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10054 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10055 10056 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10057 IsClassTemplateMember 10058 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10059 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10060 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10061 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10062 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10063 } 10064 } 10065 10066 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10067 // isn't exported with the variable. 10068 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10069 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10070 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10071 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10072 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10073 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10074 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10075 } else { 10076 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10077 << DLLAttr; 10078 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10079 } 10080 } 10081 10082 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10083 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10084 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10085 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10086 } 10087 } 10088 10089 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10090 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10091 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10092 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10093 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10094 10095 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10096 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10097 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10098 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10099 10100 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10101 // tag values. 10102 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10103 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10104 return; 10105 10106 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10107 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10108 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10109 continue; 10110 } 10111 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10112 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10113 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10114 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10115 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10116 continue; 10117 } 10118 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10119 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10120 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10121 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10122 continue; 10123 } 10124 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10125 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10126 MagicValue, 10127 I->getMatchingCType(), 10128 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10129 I->getMustBeNull()); 10130 } 10131 } 10132 10133 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10134 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10135 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10136 10137 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10138 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10139 10140 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10141 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10142 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10143 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10144 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10145 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10146 Decls.push_back(D); 10147 } 10148 10149 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10150 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10151 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10152 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10153 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10154 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10155 } 10156 } 10157 10158 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10159 } 10160 10161 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10162 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10163 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10164 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10165 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10166 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10167 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10168 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10169 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10170 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10171 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10172 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10173 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10174 QualType Deduced; 10175 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10176 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10177 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10178 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10179 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10180 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10181 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10182 break; 10183 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10184 if (!U.isNull()) { 10185 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10186 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10187 Deduced = U; 10188 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10189 DeducedDecl = D; 10190 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10191 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10192 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10193 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 10194 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10195 << U << D->getDeclName() 10196 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10197 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10198 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10199 break; 10200 } 10201 } 10202 } 10203 } 10204 } 10205 10206 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10207 10208 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10209 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10210 } 10211 10212 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10213 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10214 } 10215 10216 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10217 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10218 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10219 return; 10220 10221 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10222 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10223 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10224 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10225 return; 10226 10227 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10228 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10229 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10230 // additional declaration references: 10231 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10232 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10233 // 'struct S *pS;' 10234 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10235 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10236 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10237 Group = Group.slice(1); 10238 } 10239 } 10240 10241 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10242 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10243 if (!Comments.empty() && 10244 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10245 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10246 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10247 // 10248 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10249 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10250 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10251 // ahead through comments. 10252 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10253 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10254 } 10255 } 10256 10257 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10258 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10259 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10260 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10261 10262 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10263 10264 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10265 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10266 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10267 SC = SC_Register; 10268 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10269 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10270 SC = SC_Auto; 10271 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10272 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10273 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10274 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10275 } 10276 10277 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10278 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10279 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10280 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10281 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10282 << 0; 10283 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10284 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10285 10286 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10287 10288 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10289 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10290 10291 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10292 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10293 // parameter. 10294 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10295 10296 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10297 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10298 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10299 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10300 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10301 } 10302 } 10303 10304 // Ensure we have a valid name 10305 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10306 if (D.hasName()) { 10307 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10308 if (!II) { 10309 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10310 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10311 D.setInvalidType(true); 10312 } 10313 } 10314 10315 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10316 if (II) { 10317 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10318 ForRedeclaration); 10319 LookupName(R, S); 10320 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10321 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10322 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10323 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10324 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10325 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10326 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10327 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10328 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10329 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10330 10331 // Recover by removing the name 10332 II = nullptr; 10333 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10334 D.setInvalidType(true); 10335 } 10336 } 10337 } 10338 10339 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10340 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10341 // looking like class members in C++. 10342 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10343 D.getLocStart(), 10344 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10345 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10346 SC); 10347 10348 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10349 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10350 10351 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10352 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10353 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10354 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10355 10356 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10357 S->AddDecl(New); 10358 if (II) 10359 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10360 10361 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10362 10363 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10364 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10365 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10366 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10367 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10368 10369 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10370 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10371 } 10372 return New; 10373 } 10374 10375 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10376 /// typedef. 10377 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10378 SourceLocation Loc, 10379 QualType T) { 10380 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10381 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10382 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10383 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10384 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10385 SC_None, nullptr); 10386 Param->setImplicit(); 10387 return Param; 10388 } 10389 10390 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10391 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10392 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10393 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10394 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10395 return; 10396 10397 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10398 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10399 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10400 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10401 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10402 } 10403 } 10404 } 10405 10406 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10407 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10408 QualType ReturnTy, 10409 NamedDecl *D) { 10410 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10411 return; 10412 10413 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10414 // threshold. 10415 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10416 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10417 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10418 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10419 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10420 } 10421 10422 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10423 // threshold. 10424 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10425 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10426 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10427 continue; 10428 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10429 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10430 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10431 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10432 } 10433 } 10434 10435 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10436 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10437 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10438 StorageClass SC) { 10439 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10440 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10441 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10442 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10443 10444 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10445 10446 // Special cases for arrays: 10447 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10448 // - otherwise, it's an error 10449 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10450 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10451 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10452 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10453 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10454 } 10455 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10456 } else { 10457 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10458 } 10459 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10460 } 10461 10462 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10463 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10464 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10465 10466 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10467 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10468 // the class has been completely parsed. 10469 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10470 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10471 AbstractParamType)) 10472 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10473 10474 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10475 // passed by reference. 10476 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10477 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10478 Diag(NameLoc, 10479 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10480 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10481 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10482 New->setType(T); 10483 } 10484 10485 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10486 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10487 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10488 // an address space. 10489 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10490 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10491 // to be qualified with an address space. 10492 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10493 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10494 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10495 } 10496 } 10497 10498 return New; 10499 } 10500 10501 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10502 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10503 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10504 10505 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10506 // for a K&R function. 10507 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10508 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10509 --i; 10510 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10511 SmallString<256> Code; 10512 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10513 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10514 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10515 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10516 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10517 10518 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10519 // type. 10520 AttributeFactory attrs; 10521 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10522 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10523 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10524 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10525 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10526 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10527 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10528 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10529 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10530 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10531 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10532 } 10533 } 10534 } 10535 } 10536 10537 Decl * 10538 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 10539 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10540 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10541 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10542 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10543 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10544 10545 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10546 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 10547 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 10548 } 10549 10550 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10551 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10552 } 10553 10554 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10555 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10556 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10557 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10558 return false; 10559 10560 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10561 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10562 return false; 10563 10564 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10565 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10566 return false; 10567 10568 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10569 if (FD->isMain()) 10570 return false; 10571 10572 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10573 if (FD->isInlined()) 10574 return false; 10575 10576 // Don't warn about function templates. 10577 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10578 return false; 10579 10580 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10581 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10582 return false; 10583 10584 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10585 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10586 return false; 10587 10588 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10589 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10590 return false; 10591 10592 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10593 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10594 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10595 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10596 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10597 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10598 continue; 10599 10600 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10601 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10602 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10603 break; 10604 } 10605 10606 return MissingPrototype; 10607 } 10608 10609 void 10610 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10611 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 10612 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10613 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10614 // was an extern inline function. 10615 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10616 if (!Definition) 10617 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10618 return; 10619 10620 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10621 return; 10622 10623 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10624 // a template, skip the new definition. 10625 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10626 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10627 Definition->isInlined() || 10628 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10629 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 10630 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 10631 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10632 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 10633 else 10634 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 10635 FD->getLocation()); 10636 return; 10637 } 10638 10639 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10640 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10641 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10642 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10643 else 10644 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10645 10646 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10647 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10648 } 10649 10650 10651 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10652 Sema &S) { 10653 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10654 10655 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10656 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10657 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10658 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10659 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10660 10661 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10662 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10663 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10664 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10665 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10666 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10667 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10668 10669 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10670 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10671 10672 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10673 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10674 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10675 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10676 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10677 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10678 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10679 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10680 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10681 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10682 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10683 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10684 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10685 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10686 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10687 10688 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10689 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10690 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10691 } else { 10692 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10693 } 10694 ++I; 10695 } 10696 } 10697 10698 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 10699 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10700 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10701 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10702 10703 if (!D) 10704 return D; 10705 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10706 10707 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10708 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10709 else 10710 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10711 10712 // See if this is a redefinition. 10713 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 10714 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 10715 10716 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 10717 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 10718 return D; 10719 } 10720 10721 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10722 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10723 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10724 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10725 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10726 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10727 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10728 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10729 // have the LSI properly restored. 10730 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10731 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10732 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10733 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10734 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10735 } 10736 else 10737 // Enter a new function scope 10738 PushFunctionScope(); 10739 10740 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10741 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10742 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10743 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10744 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10745 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10746 } 10747 } 10748 10749 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10750 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10751 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10752 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10753 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10754 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10755 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10756 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10757 10758 if (FnBodyScope) 10759 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10760 10761 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10762 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10763 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10764 10765 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10766 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10767 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10768 10769 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10770 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10771 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10772 10773 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10774 } 10775 } 10776 10777 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10778 // introduce them into the function scope. 10779 if (FnBodyScope) { 10780 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10781 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10782 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10783 I != E; ++I) { 10784 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10785 10786 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10787 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10788 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10789 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10790 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10791 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10792 if (DI == D) { 10793 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10794 break; 10795 } 10796 } 10797 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10798 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10799 } 10800 10801 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10802 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10803 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10804 10805 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10806 // accessible in this scope. 10807 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10808 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10809 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10810 } 10811 } 10812 } 10813 10814 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10815 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10816 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10817 10818 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10819 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10820 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10821 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10822 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10823 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10824 return D; 10825 } 10826 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10827 // a function template). 10828 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10829 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10830 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10831 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10832 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10833 10834 return D; 10835 } 10836 10837 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10838 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10839 /// optimization. 10840 /// 10841 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10842 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10843 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10844 /// use the named return value optimization. 10845 /// 10846 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10847 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10848 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10849 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10850 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10851 10852 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10853 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10854 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10855 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10856 } 10857 } 10858 } 10859 10860 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10861 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10862 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10863 return false; 10864 10865 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10866 // return type (yet). 10867 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10868 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10869 // we can still delay parsing it. 10870 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10871 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10872 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10873 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10874 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10875 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10876 } 10877 } 10878 return false; 10879 } 10880 10881 return true; 10882 } 10883 10884 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10885 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10886 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10887 // rest of the file. 10888 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10889 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10890 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10891 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10892 return false; 10893 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10894 } 10895 10896 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10897 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10898 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10899 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10900 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10901 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10902 } 10903 10904 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10905 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10906 } 10907 10908 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10909 bool IsInstantiation) { 10910 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10911 10912 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10913 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10914 10915 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 10916 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 10917 10918 if (FD) { 10919 FD->setBody(Body); 10920 10921 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10922 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10923 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10924 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10925 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10926 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10927 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10928 << FD->getReturnType(); 10929 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10930 } else { 10931 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10932 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10933 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10934 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10935 } 10936 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 10937 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 10938 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 10939 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 10940 10941 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 10942 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 10943 // [the deduced type is] the type void 10944 QualType RetType = 10945 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 10946 10947 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 10948 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 10949 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10950 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 10951 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 10952 } 10953 } 10954 10955 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10956 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10957 // is the first declaration. 10958 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10959 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10960 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10961 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10962 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 10963 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10964 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10965 } 10966 10967 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10968 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10969 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10970 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10971 10972 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10973 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10974 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10975 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10976 10977 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10978 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10979 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 10980 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10981 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10982 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10983 10984 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 10985 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10986 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10987 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 10988 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 10989 10990 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10991 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10992 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10993 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10994 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10995 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10996 } 10997 10998 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10999 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11000 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11001 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11002 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11003 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11004 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11005 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11006 11007 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11008 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11009 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11010 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11011 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11012 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11013 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11014 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11015 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11016 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11017 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11018 } 11019 } 11020 } 11021 11022 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11023 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11024 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11025 MD->isVirtual() && 11026 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11027 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11028 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11029 if (FD->isInlined() && 11030 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11031 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11032 11033 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11034 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11035 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11036 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11037 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11038 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11039 } else { 11040 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11041 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11042 } 11043 } 11044 } 11045 11046 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11047 "Function parsing confused"); 11048 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11049 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11050 MD->setBody(Body); 11051 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11052 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 11053 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 11054 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11055 11056 if (Body) 11057 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11058 } 11059 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11060 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11061 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11062 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11063 } 11064 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11065 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11066 bool isDesignated = 11067 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11068 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11069 (void)isDesignated; 11070 11071 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11072 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11073 if (!IFace) 11074 return false; 11075 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11076 if (!SuperD) 11077 return false; 11078 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11079 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11080 }; 11081 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11082 // of NSObject. 11083 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11084 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11085 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11086 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11087 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11088 } 11089 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11090 } 11091 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11092 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11093 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11094 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11095 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11096 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11097 } 11098 } else { 11099 return nullptr; 11100 } 11101 11102 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11103 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11104 "handled in the block above."); 11105 11106 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11107 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11108 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11109 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11110 // Verify this. 11111 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11112 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11113 11114 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11115 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11116 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11117 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11118 11119 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11120 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11121 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11122 11123 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11124 Destructor->getParent()); 11125 } 11126 11127 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11128 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11129 // deletion in some later function. 11130 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11131 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11132 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11133 } 11134 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11135 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11136 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11137 // enabled. 11138 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11139 } 11140 11141 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11142 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11143 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11144 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11145 11146 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11147 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11148 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11149 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11150 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11151 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11152 break; 11153 } 11154 } 11155 } 11156 11157 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11158 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11159 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11160 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11161 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11162 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11163 } 11164 11165 if (!IsInstantiation) 11166 PopDeclContext(); 11167 11168 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11169 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11170 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11171 // deletion in some later function. 11172 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11173 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11174 } 11175 11176 return dcl; 11177 } 11178 11179 11180 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11181 /// relevant Decl. 11182 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11183 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11184 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11185 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11186 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11187 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11188 11189 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11190 if (Method->isStatic()) 11191 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11192 } 11193 11194 11195 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11196 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11197 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11198 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11199 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11200 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11201 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11202 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11203 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11204 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11205 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11206 return ExternCPrev; 11207 } 11208 11209 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11210 unsigned diag_id; 11211 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11212 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11213 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11214 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11215 else 11216 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11217 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11218 11219 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11220 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11221 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11222 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11223 if (S && 11224 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11225 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11226 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11227 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11228 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11229 } 11230 11231 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11232 const char *Dummy; 11233 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11234 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11235 unsigned DiagID; 11236 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11237 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11238 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11239 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11240 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11241 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11242 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11243 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11244 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11245 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11246 /*NumParams=*/0, 11247 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11248 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11249 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11250 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11251 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11252 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11253 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11254 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11255 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11256 EST_None, 11257 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11258 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11259 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11260 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11261 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11262 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11263 Loc, Loc, D), 11264 DS.getAttributes(), 11265 SourceLocation()); 11266 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11267 11268 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11269 11270 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11271 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11272 11273 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11274 FD->setImplicit(); 11275 11276 CurContext = PrevDC; 11277 11278 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11279 11280 return FD; 11281 } 11282 11283 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11284 /// the declaration of this function. 11285 /// 11286 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11287 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11288 /// like NSLog or printf. 11289 /// 11290 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11291 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11292 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11293 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11294 return; 11295 11296 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11297 // actual attributes. 11298 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11299 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11300 unsigned FormatIdx; 11301 bool HasVAListArg; 11302 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11303 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11304 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11305 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11306 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11307 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11308 fmt = "NSString"; 11309 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11310 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11311 FormatIdx+1, 11312 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11313 FD->getLocation())); 11314 } 11315 } 11316 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11317 HasVAListArg)) { 11318 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11319 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11320 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11321 FormatIdx+1, 11322 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11323 FD->getLocation())); 11324 } 11325 11326 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11327 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11328 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11329 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11330 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11331 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11332 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11333 } 11334 11335 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11336 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11337 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11338 FD->getLocation())); 11339 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11340 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11341 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11342 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11343 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 11344 Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11345 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11346 // Assign appropriate attribute depending on CUDA compilation 11347 // mode and the target builtin belongs to. E.g. during host 11348 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, the rest are __host__. 11349 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11350 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11351 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11352 else 11353 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11354 } 11355 } 11356 11357 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11358 if (!Name) 11359 return; 11360 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11361 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11362 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11363 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11364 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11365 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11366 // about. 11367 } else 11368 return; 11369 11370 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11371 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11372 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11373 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11374 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11375 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11376 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11377 FD->getLocation())); 11378 } 11379 11380 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11381 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11382 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11383 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11384 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11385 FD->getLocation())); 11386 } 11387 } 11388 11389 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11390 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11391 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11392 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11393 11394 if (!TInfo) { 11395 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11396 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11397 } 11398 11399 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11400 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11401 D.getLocStart(), 11402 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11403 D.getIdentifier(), 11404 TInfo); 11405 11406 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11407 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11408 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11409 return NewTD; 11410 } 11411 11412 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11413 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11414 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11415 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11416 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11417 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11418 else 11419 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11420 } 11421 11422 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11423 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11424 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11425 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11426 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11427 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11428 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11429 case TST_enum: 11430 case TST_struct: 11431 case TST_interface: 11432 case TST_union: 11433 case TST_class: { 11434 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11435 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11436 break; 11437 } 11438 11439 default: 11440 break; 11441 } 11442 11443 return NewTD; 11444 } 11445 11446 11447 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11448 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11449 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11450 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11451 11452 if (T->isDependentType()) 11453 return false; 11454 11455 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11456 if (BT->isInteger()) 11457 return false; 11458 11459 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11460 return true; 11461 } 11462 11463 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11464 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11465 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 11466 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11467 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11468 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11469 11470 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11471 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11472 << Prev->isScoped(); 11473 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11474 return true; 11475 } 11476 11477 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11478 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11479 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11480 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11481 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11482 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11483 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11484 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11485 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11486 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11487 return true; 11488 } 11489 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 11490 ; 11491 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 11492 ; 11493 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11494 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11495 << Prev->isFixed(); 11496 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11497 return true; 11498 } 11499 11500 return false; 11501 } 11502 11503 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11504 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11505 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11506 /// 11507 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11508 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11509 switch (Tag) { 11510 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11511 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11512 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11513 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11514 } 11515 } 11516 11517 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11518 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11519 /// 11520 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11521 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11522 { 11523 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11524 } 11525 11526 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11527 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11528 /// 11529 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11530 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11531 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11532 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11533 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11534 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11535 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11536 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11537 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11538 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11539 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11540 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11541 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11542 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11543 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11544 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11545 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11546 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11547 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11548 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11549 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11550 return true; 11551 11552 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11553 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11554 bool isTemplate = false; 11555 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11556 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11557 11558 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11559 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11560 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11561 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11562 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11563 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11564 return true; 11565 } 11566 11567 if (isDefinition) { 11568 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11569 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11570 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11571 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11572 return true; 11573 } 11574 11575 bool previousMismatch = false; 11576 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11577 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11578 if (!previousMismatch) { 11579 previousMismatch = true; 11580 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11581 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11582 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11583 } 11584 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11585 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11586 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11587 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11588 } 11589 } 11590 return true; 11591 } 11592 11593 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11594 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11595 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11596 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11597 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11598 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11599 return true; 11600 } 11601 11602 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11603 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11604 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11605 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11606 11607 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11608 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11609 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11610 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11611 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11612 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11613 } 11614 11615 return true; 11616 } 11617 return false; 11618 } 11619 11620 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11621 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11622 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11623 /// namespace N { 11624 /// struct X; 11625 /// namespace M { 11626 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11627 /// } 11628 /// } 11629 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11630 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11631 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11632 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11633 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11634 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11635 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11636 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11637 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11638 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11639 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11640 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11641 return FixItHint(); 11642 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11643 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11644 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11645 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11646 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11647 break; 11648 } 11649 11650 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11651 // build an NNS. 11652 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11653 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11654 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11655 OS << "::"; 11656 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11657 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11658 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11659 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11660 } 11661 11662 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11663 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11664 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11665 /// using-declaration). 11666 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11667 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11668 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11669 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11670 11671 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11672 return true; 11673 11674 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11675 // encloses the other). 11676 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11677 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11678 return true; 11679 11680 return false; 11681 } 11682 11683 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11684 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11685 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11686 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11687 /// 11688 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11689 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11690 /// 11691 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11692 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11693 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11694 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11695 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11696 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11697 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11698 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11699 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11700 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11701 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11702 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11703 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11704 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11705 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11706 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11707 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11708 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11709 11710 OwnedDecl = false; 11711 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11712 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11713 11714 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11715 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11716 bool Invalid = false; 11717 11718 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11719 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11720 // for non-C++ cases. 11721 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11722 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11723 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11724 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11725 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11726 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11727 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11728 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11729 return nullptr; 11730 } 11731 11732 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11733 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11734 // be a member of another template). 11735 11736 if (Invalid) 11737 return nullptr; 11738 11739 OwnedDecl = false; 11740 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11741 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11742 TemplateParams, AS, 11743 ModulePrivateLoc, 11744 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11745 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11746 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11747 SkipBody); 11748 return Result.get(); 11749 } else { 11750 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11751 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11752 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11753 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11754 } 11755 } 11756 } 11757 11758 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11759 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11760 // redeclaration. 11761 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11762 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 11763 11764 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11765 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11766 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11767 // type, default to int. 11768 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11769 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11770 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11771 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11772 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11773 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11774 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11775 11776 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11777 // Recover by falling back to int. 11778 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11779 11780 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11781 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11782 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11783 11784 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 11785 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11786 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11787 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11788 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 11789 } 11790 } 11791 } 11792 11793 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11794 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11795 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11796 11797 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11798 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11799 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11800 11801 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11802 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11803 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11804 11805 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11806 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11807 Name = nullptr; 11808 goto CreateNewDecl; 11809 } 11810 11811 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11812 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11813 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11814 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11815 if (!DC) { 11816 IsDependent = true; 11817 return nullptr; 11818 } 11819 } else { 11820 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11821 if (!DC) { 11822 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11823 << SS.getRange(); 11824 return nullptr; 11825 } 11826 } 11827 11828 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11829 return nullptr; 11830 11831 SearchDC = DC; 11832 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11833 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11834 11835 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11836 return nullptr; 11837 11838 if (Previous.empty()) { 11839 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11840 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11841 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11842 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11843 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11844 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11845 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11846 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11847 IsDependent = true; 11848 return nullptr; 11849 } 11850 11851 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11852 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11853 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11854 Name = nullptr; 11855 Invalid = true; 11856 goto CreateNewDecl; 11857 } 11858 } else if (Name) { 11859 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 11860 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 11861 // name different from T: 11862 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 11863 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11864 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 11865 return nullptr; 11866 11867 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11868 // declaration or definition. 11869 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11870 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11871 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11872 LookupName(Previous, S); 11873 11874 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11875 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11876 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11877 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11878 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11879 while (F.hasNext()) { 11880 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11881 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11882 F.erase(); 11883 } 11884 F.done(); 11885 } 11886 11887 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11888 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11889 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11890 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11891 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11892 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11893 // 11894 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11895 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11896 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11897 // 11898 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11899 // semantic context? 11900 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11901 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11902 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11903 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11904 while (F.hasNext()) { 11905 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11906 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11907 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11908 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11909 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11910 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11911 else 11912 F.erase(); 11913 } 11914 } 11915 F.done(); 11916 11917 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11918 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11919 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11920 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11921 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11922 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11923 } 11924 } 11925 11926 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11927 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11928 return nullptr; 11929 11930 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11931 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11932 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11933 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11934 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11935 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11936 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11937 } 11938 } 11939 11940 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11941 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11942 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11943 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11944 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11945 Previous.clear(); 11946 } 11947 11948 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11949 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11950 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11951 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11952 11953 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11954 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11955 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11956 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11957 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11958 } 11959 } 11960 11961 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11962 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11963 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11964 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11965 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11966 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11967 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11968 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11969 11970 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11971 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11972 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11973 // 11974 // class-key identifier 11975 // 11976 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11977 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11978 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11979 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11980 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11981 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11982 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11983 // declaration. 11984 // 11985 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11986 // C structs and unions. 11987 // 11988 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11989 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11990 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11991 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11992 // 11993 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11994 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11995 // 11996 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11997 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11998 // lexical context, 11999 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12000 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12001 12002 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12003 while (S->isClassScope() || 12004 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12005 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12006 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12007 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12008 S = S->getParent(); 12009 } else { 12010 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12011 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12012 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12013 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12014 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12015 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12016 } 12017 12018 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12019 // diagnose some problems. 12020 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12021 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12022 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12023 } 12024 } 12025 12026 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12027 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12028 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12029 12030 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12031 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12032 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12033 12034 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12035 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12036 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12037 // in C++. 12038 // 12039 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12040 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12041 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12042 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12043 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12044 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12045 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12046 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12047 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12048 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12049 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12050 PrevDecl = Tag; 12051 Previous.clear(); 12052 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12053 Previous.resolveKind(); 12054 } 12055 } 12056 } 12057 } 12058 12059 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12060 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12061 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12062 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12063 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12064 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12065 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12066 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12067 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12068 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12069 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12070 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12071 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12072 << 0; 12073 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12074 Previous.clear(); 12075 goto CreateNewDecl; 12076 } 12077 } 12078 12079 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12080 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12081 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12082 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12083 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12084 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12085 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12086 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12087 // struct or something similar. 12088 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12089 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12090 Name)) { 12091 bool SafeToContinue 12092 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12093 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12094 if (SafeToContinue) 12095 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12096 << Name 12097 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12098 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12099 else 12100 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12101 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12102 12103 if (SafeToContinue) 12104 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12105 else { 12106 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12107 Name = nullptr; 12108 Previous.clear(); 12109 Invalid = true; 12110 } 12111 } 12112 12113 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12114 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12115 12116 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12117 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12118 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12119 if (ScopedEnum) 12120 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12121 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12122 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12123 return PrevTagDecl; 12124 } 12125 12126 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12127 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12128 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12129 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12130 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12131 12132 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12133 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12134 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12135 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12136 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12137 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12138 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12139 } 12140 12141 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12142 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12143 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12144 // and then later defined. 12145 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12146 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12147 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12148 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12149 } 12150 12151 if (!Invalid) { 12152 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12153 // we have attributes. 12154 12155 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 12156 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 12157 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 12158 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 12159 if (!Attr && 12160 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 12161 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 12162 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 12163 return PrevTagDecl; 12164 12165 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12166 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12167 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12168 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12169 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12170 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12171 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12172 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12173 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12174 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12175 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12176 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12177 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12178 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12179 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12180 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12181 } 12182 12183 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12184 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12185 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12186 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12187 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12188 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12189 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12190 // use it in place of this one. 12191 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12192 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12193 return Def; 12194 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12195 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12196 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12197 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12198 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12199 else 12200 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12201 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12202 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12203 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12204 // references get the previous definition. 12205 Name = nullptr; 12206 Previous.clear(); 12207 Invalid = true; 12208 } 12209 } else { 12210 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12211 // about a nested redefinition. 12212 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12213 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12214 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12215 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12216 diag::note_previous_definition); 12217 Name = nullptr; 12218 Previous.clear(); 12219 Invalid = true; 12220 } 12221 } 12222 12223 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12224 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12225 } 12226 12227 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12228 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12229 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12230 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12231 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12232 AS = AS_none; 12233 } 12234 } 12235 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12236 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12237 12238 } else { 12239 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12240 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12241 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12242 // have distinct types. 12243 Previous.clear(); 12244 } 12245 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12246 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12247 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12248 12249 12250 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12251 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12252 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12253 } else { 12254 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12255 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12256 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12257 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12258 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12259 unsigned Kind = 0; 12260 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12261 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12262 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12263 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12264 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12265 Invalid = true; 12266 12267 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12268 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12269 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12270 // do nothing 12271 12272 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12273 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12274 unsigned Kind = 0; 12275 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12276 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12277 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12278 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12279 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12280 Invalid = true; 12281 12282 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12283 // case here. 12284 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12285 unsigned Kind = 0; 12286 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12287 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12288 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12289 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12290 Invalid = true; 12291 12292 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12293 } else { 12294 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12295 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12296 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12297 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12298 Name = nullptr; 12299 Invalid = true; 12300 } 12301 12302 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12303 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12304 Previous.clear(); 12305 } 12306 } 12307 12308 CreateNewDecl: 12309 12310 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12311 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12312 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12313 12314 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12315 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12316 // keyword. 12317 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12318 12319 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12320 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12321 // PrevDecl. 12322 TagDecl *New; 12323 12324 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12325 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12326 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12327 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12328 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12329 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12330 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12331 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12332 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12333 TagDecl *Def; 12334 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12335 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12336 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12337 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12338 } 12339 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12340 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12341 << New; 12342 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12343 } else { 12344 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12345 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12346 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12347 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12348 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12349 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12350 12351 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12352 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12353 // the declaration context. 12354 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12355 IsForwardReference = true; 12356 } 12357 } 12358 12359 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12360 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12361 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12362 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12363 else 12364 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12365 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12366 } 12367 12368 } else { 12369 // struct/union/class 12370 12371 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12372 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12373 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12374 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12375 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12376 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12377 12378 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12379 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12380 } else 12381 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12382 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12383 } 12384 12385 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12386 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12387 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12388 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12389 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12390 Invalid = true; 12391 } 12392 12393 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12394 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12395 if (SS.isSet()) { 12396 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12397 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12398 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12399 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12400 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12401 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12402 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12403 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12404 Invalid = true; 12405 12406 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12407 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12408 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12409 } 12410 } 12411 else 12412 Invalid = true; 12413 } 12414 12415 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12416 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12417 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12418 // 12419 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12420 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12421 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12422 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12423 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12424 // parsing of the struct). 12425 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12426 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12427 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12428 } 12429 } 12430 12431 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12432 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12433 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12434 << 2 12435 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12436 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12437 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12438 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12439 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12440 New->setModulePrivate(); 12441 } 12442 12443 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12444 // check the specialization. 12445 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12446 Invalid = true; 12447 12448 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12449 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12450 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12451 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12452 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12454 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12455 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12456 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12457 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12458 << Name; 12459 Invalid = true; 12460 } 12461 } else { 12462 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12463 } 12464 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12465 } 12466 12467 if (Invalid) 12468 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12469 12470 if (Attr) 12471 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12472 12473 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12474 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12475 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12476 12477 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12478 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12479 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12480 // the tag name visible. 12481 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12482 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12483 12484 // Set the access specifier. 12485 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12486 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12487 12488 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12489 New->startDefinition(); 12490 12491 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12492 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12493 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12494 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12495 if (PrevDecl) 12496 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12497 12498 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12499 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12500 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12501 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12502 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12503 } else if (Name) { 12504 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12505 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12506 if (IsForwardReference) 12507 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12508 12509 } else { 12510 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12511 } 12512 12513 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12514 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12515 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12516 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12517 II->isStr("FILE")) 12518 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12519 12520 if (PrevDecl) 12521 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12522 12523 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12524 // record. 12525 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12526 12527 OwnedDecl = true; 12528 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12529 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12530 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12531 } 12532 12533 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12534 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12535 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12536 12537 // Enter the tag context. 12538 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12539 12540 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12541 12542 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12543 // record. 12544 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12545 } 12546 12547 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12548 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12549 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12550 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12551 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12552 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12553 CurContext = OCD; 12554 return IDecl; 12555 } 12556 12557 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12558 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12559 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12560 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12561 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12562 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12563 12564 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12565 12566 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12567 return; 12568 12569 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12570 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12571 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12572 12573 // C++ [class]p2: 12574 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12575 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12576 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12577 // as if it were a public member name. 12578 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12579 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12580 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12581 Record->getIdentifier(), 12582 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12583 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12584 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12585 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12586 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12587 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12588 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12589 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12590 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12591 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12592 } 12593 12594 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12595 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12596 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12597 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12598 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12599 12600 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12601 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12602 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12603 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12604 RD->completeDefinition(); 12605 } 12606 12607 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12608 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12609 12610 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12611 PopDeclContext(); 12612 12613 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12614 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12615 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12616 12617 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12618 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12619 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12620 } 12621 12622 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12623 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12624 PopDeclContext(); 12625 } 12626 12627 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12628 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12629 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12630 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12631 } 12632 12633 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12634 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12635 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12636 } 12637 12638 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12639 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12640 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12641 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12642 12643 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12644 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12645 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12646 RD->completeDefinition(); 12647 } 12648 12649 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12650 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12651 // the FieldCollector. 12652 12653 PopDeclContext(); 12654 } 12655 12656 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12657 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12658 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12659 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12660 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12661 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12662 if (ZeroWidth) 12663 *ZeroWidth = true; 12664 12665 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12666 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12667 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12668 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12669 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12670 return ExprError(); 12671 if (FieldName) 12672 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12673 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12674 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12675 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12676 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12677 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12678 return ExprError(); 12679 12680 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12681 // it now. 12682 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12683 return BitWidth; 12684 12685 llvm::APSInt Value; 12686 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12687 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12688 return ICE; 12689 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12690 12691 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12692 *ZeroWidth = false; 12693 12694 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12695 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12696 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12697 12698 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12699 if (FieldName) 12700 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12701 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12702 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12703 << Value.toString(10); 12704 } 12705 12706 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12707 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12708 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 12709 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 12710 12711 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 12712 // ABI. 12713 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 12714 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12715 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 12716 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 12717 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 12718 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 12719 unsigned DiagWidth = 12720 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 12721 if (FieldName) 12722 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12723 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12724 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 12725 12726 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12727 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 12728 << DiagWidth; 12729 } 12730 12731 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 12732 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 12733 // 'bool'. 12734 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 12735 if (FieldName) 12736 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12737 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12738 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12739 else 12740 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12741 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12742 } 12743 } 12744 12745 return BitWidth; 12746 } 12747 12748 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12749 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12750 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12751 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12752 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12753 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12754 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12755 return Res; 12756 } 12757 12758 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12759 /// 12760 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12761 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12762 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12763 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12764 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12765 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12766 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12767 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12768 12769 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12770 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12771 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12772 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12773 12774 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12775 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12776 D.setInvalidType(); 12777 T = Context.IntTy; 12778 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12779 } 12780 } 12781 12782 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12783 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12784 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12785 D.setInvalidType(); 12786 } 12787 12788 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12789 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12790 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12791 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12792 D.setInvalidType(); 12793 } 12794 12795 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12796 12797 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12798 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12799 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12800 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12801 12802 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12803 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12804 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12805 LookupName(Previous, S); 12806 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12807 case LookupResult::Found: 12808 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12809 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12810 break; 12811 12812 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12813 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12814 break; 12815 12816 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12817 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12818 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12819 break; 12820 } 12821 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12822 12823 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12824 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12825 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12826 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12827 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12828 } 12829 12830 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12831 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12832 12833 bool Mutable 12834 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12835 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12836 FieldDecl *NewFD 12837 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12838 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12839 12840 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12841 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12842 12843 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12844 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12845 12846 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12847 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12848 // with the same name in the same scope. 12849 } else if (II) { 12850 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12851 } else 12852 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12853 12854 return NewFD; 12855 } 12856 12857 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12858 /// 12859 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12860 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12861 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12862 /// created. 12863 /// 12864 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12865 /// 12866 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12867 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12868 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12869 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12870 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12871 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12872 SourceLocation TSSL, 12873 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12874 Declarator *D) { 12875 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12876 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12877 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12878 12879 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12880 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12881 if (T.isNull()) { 12882 InvalidDecl = true; 12883 T = Context.IntTy; 12884 } 12885 12886 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12887 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12888 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12889 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12890 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12891 InvalidDecl = true; 12892 } else { 12893 NamedDecl *Def; 12894 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12895 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12896 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12897 InvalidDecl = true; 12898 } 12899 } 12900 } 12901 12902 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12903 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12904 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12905 InvalidDecl = true; 12906 } 12907 12908 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12909 // than a variably modified type. 12910 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12911 bool SizeIsNegative; 12912 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12913 12914 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12915 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12916 SizeIsNegative, 12917 Oversized); 12918 if (FixedTInfo) { 12919 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12920 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12921 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12922 } else { 12923 if (SizeIsNegative) 12924 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12925 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12926 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12927 << Oversized.toString(10); 12928 else 12929 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12930 InvalidDecl = true; 12931 } 12932 } 12933 12934 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12935 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12936 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12937 AbstractFieldType)) 12938 InvalidDecl = true; 12939 12940 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12941 if (InvalidDecl) 12942 BitWidth = nullptr; 12943 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12944 if (BitWidth) { 12945 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12946 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12947 if (!BitWidth) { 12948 InvalidDecl = true; 12949 BitWidth = nullptr; 12950 ZeroWidth = false; 12951 } 12952 } 12953 12954 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12955 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12956 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12957 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12958 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 12959 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 12960 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12961 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12962 12963 if (DiagID) { 12964 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12965 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12966 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12967 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12968 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 12969 Mutable = false; 12970 InvalidDecl = true; 12971 } 12972 } 12973 } 12974 12975 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12976 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12977 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12978 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12979 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12980 12981 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12982 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12983 if (InvalidDecl) 12984 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12985 12986 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12987 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12988 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12989 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12990 } 12991 12992 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12993 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12994 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12995 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12996 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12997 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12998 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12999 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13000 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13001 // objects. 13002 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13003 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13004 } 13005 } 13006 13007 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13008 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13009 // enabled. 13010 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13011 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13012 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13013 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13014 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13015 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13016 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13017 } 13018 } 13019 } 13020 13021 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13022 // representation, not a parser representation. 13023 if (D) { 13024 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13025 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13026 13027 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13028 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13029 } 13030 13031 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13032 // retainable type. 13033 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13034 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13035 13036 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13037 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13038 13039 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13040 return NewFD; 13041 } 13042 13043 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13044 assert(FD); 13045 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13046 13047 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13048 return false; 13049 13050 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13051 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13052 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13053 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13054 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13055 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13056 // copy constructors. 13057 13058 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13059 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13060 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13061 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13062 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13063 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13064 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13065 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13066 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13067 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13068 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13069 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13070 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13071 member = CXXDestructor; 13072 13073 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13074 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13075 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13076 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13077 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13078 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13079 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13080 // members unavailable. 13081 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13082 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13083 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13084 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13085 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13086 return false; 13087 } 13088 } 13089 13090 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13091 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13092 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13093 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13094 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13095 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13096 } 13097 } 13098 } 13099 13100 return false; 13101 } 13102 13103 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13104 /// AST enum value. 13105 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13106 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13107 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13108 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13109 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13110 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13111 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13112 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13113 } 13114 } 13115 13116 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13117 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13118 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13119 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13120 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13121 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13122 13123 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13124 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13125 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13126 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13127 13128 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13129 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13130 13131 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13132 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13133 13134 if (BitWidth) { 13135 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13136 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13137 if (!BitWidth) 13138 D.setInvalidType(); 13139 } else { 13140 // Not a bitfield. 13141 13142 // validate II. 13143 13144 } 13145 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13146 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13147 D.setInvalidType(); 13148 } 13149 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13150 // than a variably modified type. 13151 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13152 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13153 D.setInvalidType(); 13154 } 13155 13156 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13157 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13158 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13159 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13160 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13161 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13162 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13163 return nullptr; 13164 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13165 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13166 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13167 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13168 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13169 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13170 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13171 } 13172 else 13173 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13174 } else { 13175 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13176 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13177 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13178 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13179 return nullptr; 13180 } 13181 } 13182 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13183 } 13184 13185 // Construct the decl. 13186 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13187 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13188 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13189 13190 if (II) { 13191 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13192 ForRedeclaration); 13193 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13194 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13195 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13196 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13197 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13198 } 13199 } 13200 13201 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13202 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13203 13204 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13205 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13206 13207 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13208 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13209 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13210 13211 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13212 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13213 13214 if (II) { 13215 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13216 // these to the interface. 13217 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13218 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13219 } 13220 13221 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13222 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13223 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13224 13225 return NewID; 13226 } 13227 13228 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13229 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13230 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13231 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13232 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13233 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13234 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13235 return; 13236 13237 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13238 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13239 13240 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13241 return; 13242 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13243 if (!ID) { 13244 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13245 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13246 return; 13247 } 13248 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13249 else 13250 return; 13251 } 13252 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13253 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13254 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13255 13256 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13257 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13258 Context.CharTy, 13259 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13260 DeclLoc), 13261 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13262 true); 13263 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13264 } 13265 13266 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13267 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13268 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13269 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13270 13271 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13272 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13273 // it will now change. 13274 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13275 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13276 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13277 default: break; 13278 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13279 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13280 break; 13281 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13282 Context. 13283 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13284 break; 13285 } 13286 } 13287 13288 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13289 13290 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13291 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13292 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13293 if (Record) { 13294 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13295 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13296 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13297 ++NumNamedMembers; 13298 } 13299 } 13300 13301 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13302 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13303 13304 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13305 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13306 i != end; ++i) { 13307 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13308 13309 // Get the type for the field. 13310 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13311 13312 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13313 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13314 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13315 } 13316 13317 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13318 // diagnostics about it. 13319 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13320 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13321 continue; 13322 } 13323 13324 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13325 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13326 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13327 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13328 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13329 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13330 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13331 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13332 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13333 // array. 13334 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13335 // Field declared as a function. 13336 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13337 << FD->getDeclName(); 13338 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13339 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13340 continue; 13341 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13342 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13343 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13344 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13345 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13346 // Flexible array member. 13347 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13348 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13349 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13350 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13351 if (Record->isUnion()) 13352 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13353 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13354 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13355 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13356 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13357 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13358 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13359 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13360 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13361 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13362 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13363 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13364 : 0; 13365 13366 if (DiagID) 13367 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13368 << Record->getTagKind(); 13369 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13370 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13371 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13372 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13373 // of the type. 13374 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13375 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13376 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13377 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13378 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13379 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13380 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13381 13382 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13383 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13384 // 13385 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13386 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13387 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13388 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13389 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13390 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13391 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13392 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13393 continue; 13394 } 13395 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13396 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13397 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13398 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13399 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13400 // Incomplete type 13401 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13402 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13403 continue; 13404 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13405 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13406 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13407 // flexible array member. 13408 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13409 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13410 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13411 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13412 // structures. 13413 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13414 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13415 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13416 else { 13417 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13418 // other structs as an extension. 13419 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13420 << FD->getDeclName(); 13421 } 13422 } 13423 } 13424 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13425 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13426 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13427 AbstractIvarType)) { 13428 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13429 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13430 } 13431 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13432 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13433 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13434 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13435 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13436 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13437 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13438 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13439 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13440 FD->setType(T); 13441 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13442 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13443 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13444 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13445 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13446 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13447 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13448 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13449 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13450 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13451 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13452 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13453 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13454 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13455 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 13456 } 13457 } else { 13458 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13459 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13460 } 13461 ARCErrReported = true; 13462 } 13463 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13464 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13465 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13466 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13467 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13468 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13469 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13470 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13471 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13472 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13473 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13474 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13475 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13476 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13477 } 13478 } 13479 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13480 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13481 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13482 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13483 ++NumNamedMembers; 13484 } 13485 13486 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13487 if (Record) { 13488 bool Completed = false; 13489 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13490 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13491 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13492 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13493 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13494 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13495 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13496 13497 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13498 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13499 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13500 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13501 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13502 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13503 } 13504 13505 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13506 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13507 13508 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13509 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13510 // problem now. 13511 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13512 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13513 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13514 13515 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13516 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13517 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13518 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13519 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13520 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13521 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13522 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13523 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13524 continue; 13525 13526 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13527 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13528 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13529 // program is ill-formed. 13530 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13531 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13532 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13533 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13534 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13535 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13536 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13537 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13538 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13539 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13540 13541 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13542 } 13543 } 13544 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13545 Completed = true; 13546 } 13547 } 13548 } 13549 } 13550 13551 if (!Completed) 13552 Record->completeDefinition(); 13553 13554 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13555 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13556 13557 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13558 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13559 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13560 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13561 } 13562 13563 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13564 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13565 // compatibility problems. 13566 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13567 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13568 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13569 } else { 13570 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13571 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13572 CheckForZeroSize = 13573 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13574 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13575 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13576 } 13577 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13578 bool ZeroSize = true; 13579 bool IsEmpty = true; 13580 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13581 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13582 E = Record->field_end(); 13583 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13584 IsEmpty = false; 13585 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13586 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13587 ZeroSize = false; 13588 } else { 13589 ++NonBitFields; 13590 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13591 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13592 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13593 ZeroSize = false; 13594 } 13595 } 13596 13597 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13598 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13599 // extern "C" block. 13600 if (ZeroSize) { 13601 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13602 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13603 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13604 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13605 } 13606 13607 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13608 // but are accepted by GCC. 13609 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13610 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13611 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13612 << Record->isUnion(); 13613 } 13614 } 13615 } else { 13616 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13617 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13618 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13619 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13620 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13621 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13622 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13623 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13624 } 13625 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13626 // duplicates. 13627 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13628 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13629 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13630 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13631 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13632 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13633 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13634 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13635 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13636 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13637 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13638 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13639 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13640 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13641 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13642 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13643 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13644 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13645 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13646 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13647 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13648 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13649 if (IDecl) { 13650 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13651 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13652 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13653 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13654 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13655 continue; 13656 } 13657 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13658 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13659 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13660 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13661 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13662 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13663 continue; 13664 } 13665 } 13666 } 13667 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13668 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13669 } 13670 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13671 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13672 } 13673 } 13674 13675 if (Attr) 13676 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13677 } 13678 13679 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13680 /// the given type T. 13681 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13682 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13683 QualType T) { 13684 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13685 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13686 13687 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13688 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13689 --BitWidth; 13690 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13691 } 13692 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13693 } 13694 13695 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13696 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13697 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13698 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13699 // enum checking below. 13700 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13701 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13702 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13703 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13704 }; 13705 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13706 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13707 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13708 }; 13709 13710 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13711 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13712 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13713 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13714 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13715 return Types[I]; 13716 13717 return QualType(); 13718 } 13719 13720 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13721 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13722 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13723 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13724 Expr *Val) { 13725 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13726 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13727 QualType EltTy; 13728 13729 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13730 Val = nullptr; 13731 13732 if (Val) 13733 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13734 13735 if (Val) { 13736 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13737 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13738 else { 13739 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13740 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13741 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13742 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13743 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13744 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13745 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13746 ExprResult Converted = 13747 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13748 CCEK_Enumerator); 13749 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13750 Val = nullptr; 13751 else 13752 Val = Converted.get(); 13753 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13754 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13755 &EnumVal).get())) { 13756 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13757 } else { 13758 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13759 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13760 13761 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13762 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13763 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13764 // expression checking. 13765 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13766 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13767 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13768 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13769 } else 13770 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13771 } else 13772 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13773 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13774 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13775 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13776 // is the type of its initializing value: 13777 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13778 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13779 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13780 } else { 13781 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13782 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13783 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13784 // representable as an int. 13785 13786 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13787 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13788 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13789 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13790 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13791 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13792 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13793 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13794 } 13795 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13796 } 13797 } 13798 } 13799 } 13800 13801 if (!Val) { 13802 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13803 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13804 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13805 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13806 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13807 // is the type of its initializing value: 13808 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13809 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13810 // 13811 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13812 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13813 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13814 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13815 } 13816 else { 13817 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13818 } 13819 } else { 13820 // Assign the last value + 1. 13821 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13822 ++EnumVal; 13823 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13824 13825 // Check for overflow on increment. 13826 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13827 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13828 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13829 // is the type of its initializing value: 13830 // 13831 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13832 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13833 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13834 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13835 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13836 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13837 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13838 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13839 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13840 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13841 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13842 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13843 ++EnumVal; 13844 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13845 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13846 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13847 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13848 << EltTy; 13849 else 13850 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13851 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13852 } else { 13853 EltTy = T; 13854 } 13855 13856 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13857 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13858 // value, then increment. 13859 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13860 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13861 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13862 ++EnumVal; 13863 13864 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13865 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13866 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13867 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13868 // integral type. 13869 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13870 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13871 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13872 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13873 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13874 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13875 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13876 } 13877 } 13878 } 13879 13880 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13881 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13882 // enumerator's type. 13883 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13884 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13885 } 13886 13887 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13888 Val, EnumVal); 13889 } 13890 13891 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 13892 SourceLocation IILoc) { 13893 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 13894 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13895 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13896 13897 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 13898 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 13899 // skip the body. 13900 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13901 ForRedeclaration); 13902 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 13903 if (!PrevECD) 13904 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13905 13906 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 13907 NamedDecl *Hidden; 13908 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 13909 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 13910 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 13911 return Skip; 13912 } 13913 13914 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13915 } 13916 13917 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13918 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13919 AttributeList *Attr, 13920 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13921 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13922 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13923 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13924 13925 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13926 // we find one that is. 13927 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13928 13929 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13930 // scope. 13931 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13932 ForRedeclaration); 13933 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13934 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13935 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13936 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13937 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13938 } 13939 13940 if (PrevDecl) { 13941 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13942 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13943 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13944 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13945 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13946 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13947 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13948 else 13949 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13950 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13951 return nullptr; 13952 } 13953 } 13954 13955 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13956 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13957 // different from T: 13958 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13959 // enumerated type 13960 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 13961 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 13962 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 13963 13964 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13965 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13966 13967 if (New) { 13968 // Process attributes. 13969 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13970 13971 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13972 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13973 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13974 } 13975 13976 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13977 13978 return New; 13979 } 13980 13981 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13982 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13983 // Element2 = Element1 13984 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13985 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13986 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13987 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13988 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13989 if (!InitExpr) 13990 return true; 13991 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13992 13993 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13994 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13995 return true; 13996 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13997 if (!IL) 13998 return true; 13999 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14000 return true; 14001 14002 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14003 } 14004 14005 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14006 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14007 if (!DRE) 14008 return true; 14009 14010 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14011 if (!EnumConstant) 14012 return true; 14013 14014 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14015 Enum) 14016 return true; 14017 14018 return false; 14019 } 14020 14021 namespace { 14022 struct DupKey { 14023 int64_t val; 14024 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14025 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14026 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14027 }; 14028 14029 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14030 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14031 false); 14032 } 14033 14034 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14035 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14036 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14037 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14038 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14039 } 14040 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14041 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14042 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14043 } 14044 }; 14045 } // end anonymous namespace 14046 14047 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14048 // a previous element has already been set to. 14049 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14050 EnumDecl *Enum, 14051 QualType EnumType) { 14052 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14053 return; 14054 // Avoid anonymous enums 14055 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14056 return; 14057 14058 // Only check for small enums. 14059 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14060 return; 14061 14062 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14063 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14064 14065 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14066 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14067 ValueToVectorMap; 14068 14069 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14070 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14071 14072 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14073 // an initialier. 14074 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14075 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14076 14077 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14078 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14079 if (!ECD) { 14080 return; 14081 } 14082 14083 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14084 continue; 14085 14086 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14087 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14088 14089 // First time encountering this value. 14090 if (Entry.isNull()) 14091 Entry = ECD; 14092 } 14093 14094 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14095 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14096 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14097 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14098 continue; 14099 14100 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14101 14102 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14103 if (Entry.isNull()) 14104 continue; 14105 14106 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14107 // Ensure constants are different. 14108 if (D == ECD) 14109 continue; 14110 14111 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14112 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14113 Vec->push_back(D); 14114 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14115 14116 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14117 Entry = Vec; 14118 14119 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14120 // diagnostics. 14121 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14122 continue; 14123 } 14124 14125 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14126 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14127 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14128 continue; 14129 14130 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14131 } 14132 14133 // Emit diagnostics. 14134 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14135 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14136 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14137 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14138 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14139 14140 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14141 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14142 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14143 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14144 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14145 ++I; 14146 14147 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14148 // the same value. 14149 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14150 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14151 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14152 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14153 delete Vec; 14154 } 14155 } 14156 14157 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14158 bool AllowMask) const { 14159 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14160 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14161 14162 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14163 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14164 14165 if (R.second) { 14166 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14167 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14168 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14169 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14170 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14171 } 14172 } 14173 14174 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14175 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14176 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14177 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14178 // 14179 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14180 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14181 // likely a logic error. 14182 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14183 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14184 } 14185 14186 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14187 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14188 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14189 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14190 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14191 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14192 14193 if (Attr) 14194 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14195 14196 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14197 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14198 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14199 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14200 if (!ECD) continue; 14201 14202 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14203 } 14204 14205 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14206 return; 14207 } 14208 14209 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14210 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14211 // emit a warning. 14212 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14213 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14214 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14215 14216 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14217 // reverse the list. 14218 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14219 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14220 14221 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14222 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14223 14224 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14225 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14226 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14227 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14228 14229 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14230 14231 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14232 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14233 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14234 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14235 else 14236 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14237 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14238 14239 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14240 if (AllElementsInt) 14241 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14242 } 14243 14244 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14245 QualType BestType; 14246 unsigned BestWidth; 14247 14248 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14249 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14250 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14251 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14252 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14253 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14254 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14255 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14256 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14257 QualType BestPromotionType; 14258 14259 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14260 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14261 // enum definitions. 14262 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14263 Packed = true; 14264 14265 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14266 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14267 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14268 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14269 else 14270 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14271 14272 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14273 } 14274 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14275 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14276 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14277 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14278 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14279 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14280 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14281 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14282 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14283 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14284 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14285 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14286 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14287 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14288 } else { 14289 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14290 14291 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14292 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14293 } else { 14294 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14295 14296 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14297 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14298 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14299 } 14300 } 14301 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14302 } else { 14303 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14304 // all of the enumerator values. 14305 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14306 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14307 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14308 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14309 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14310 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14311 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14312 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14313 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14314 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14315 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14316 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14317 BestPromotionType 14318 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14319 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14320 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14321 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14322 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14323 BestPromotionType 14324 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14325 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14326 } else { 14327 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14328 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14329 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14330 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14331 BestPromotionType 14332 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14333 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14334 } 14335 } 14336 14337 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14338 // the type of the enum if needed. 14339 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14340 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14341 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14342 14343 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14344 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14345 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14346 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14347 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14348 14349 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14350 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14351 14352 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14353 // the enum decl type. 14354 QualType NewTy; 14355 unsigned NewWidth; 14356 bool NewSign; 14357 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14358 !Enum->isFixed() && 14359 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14360 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14361 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14362 NewSign = true; 14363 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14364 // Already the right type! 14365 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14366 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14367 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14368 // enumeration. 14369 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14370 continue; 14371 } else { 14372 NewTy = BestType; 14373 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14374 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14375 } 14376 14377 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14378 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14379 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14380 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14381 14382 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14383 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14384 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14385 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14386 CK_IntegralCast, 14387 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14388 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14389 VK_RValue)); 14390 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14391 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14392 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14393 // enumeration. 14394 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14395 else 14396 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14397 } 14398 14399 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14400 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14401 14402 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14403 14404 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 14405 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14406 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14407 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14408 14409 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14410 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 14411 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14412 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14413 << ECD << Enum; 14414 } 14415 } 14416 14417 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14418 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14419 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14420 } 14421 14422 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14423 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14424 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14425 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14426 14427 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14428 AsmString, StartLoc, 14429 EndLoc); 14430 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14431 return New; 14432 } 14433 14434 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14435 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14436 DeclContext *DC) { 14437 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 14438 14439 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14440 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14441 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14442 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 14443 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 14444 break; 14445 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14446 break; 14447 } 14448 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14449 } 14450 14451 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14452 DC = DC->getParent(); 14453 14454 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14455 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 14456 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14457 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14458 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 14459 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 14460 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 14461 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14462 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14463 } 14464 } 14465 14466 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 14467 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14468 } 14469 14470 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14471 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14472 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14473 Module *Mod = 14474 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14475 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14476 if (!Mod) 14477 return true; 14478 14479 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14480 14481 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14482 14483 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14484 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14485 // silently ignoring the import. 14486 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14487 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14488 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14489 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14490 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14491 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14492 14493 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14494 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14495 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14496 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14497 // We need the length to be consistent. 14498 if (!ModCheck) 14499 break; 14500 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14501 14502 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14503 } 14504 14505 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14506 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14507 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14508 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14509 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14510 return Import; 14511 } 14512 14513 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14514 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14515 14516 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14517 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14518 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14519 // 14520 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14521 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14522 TUKind == TU_Module && 14523 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14524 14525 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14526 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14527 if (!IsInModuleIncludes) { 14528 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14529 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14530 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14531 DirectiveLoc); 14532 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14533 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14534 } 14535 14536 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14537 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14538 } 14539 14540 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14541 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14542 14543 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14544 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14545 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14546 } 14547 14548 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14549 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14550 14551 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14552 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14553 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14554 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14555 } 14556 } 14557 14558 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14559 Module *Mod) { 14560 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14561 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14562 return; 14563 14564 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14565 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14566 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14567 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14568 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14569 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14570 14571 // Make the module visible. 14572 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14573 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14574 } 14575 14576 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14577 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14578 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14579 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14580 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14581 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14582 LookupOrdinaryName); 14583 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14584 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14585 14586 // If a declaration that: 14587 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14588 // 2) has external linkage 14589 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14590 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14591 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14592 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14593 else 14594 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14595 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14596 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14597 } else 14598 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14599 } 14600 14601 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14602 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14603 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14604 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14605 14606 if (PrevDecl) { 14607 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14608 } else { 14609 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14610 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14611 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14612 } 14613 } 14614 14615 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14616 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14617 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14618 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14619 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14620 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14621 LookupOrdinaryName); 14622 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14623 14624 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14625 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14626 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14627 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14628 } else { 14629 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14630 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14631 } 14632 } 14633 14634 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14635 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14636 } 14637 14638 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14639 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14640 if (!D) 14641 return AR_Available; 14642 14643 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14644 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14645 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14646 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14647 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14648 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14649 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14650 if (R != AR_Available) 14651 return R; 14652 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14653 } 14654 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14655 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14656 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14657 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14658 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14659 } 14660 // Recover from user error. 14661 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14662 } 14663